Bobcat 773 Service Repair Manual
Bobcat 773 Service Repair Manual
Bobcat 773 Service Repair Manual
Manual
G Series
(S/N 517611001 & Above)
(S/N 518011001 & Above)
(S/N 518111001 & Above)
(S/N 519011001 & Above)
(S/N 519211001 & Above)
(S/N 500 K 11001 & Above)
EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS)
6900834 (3-06)
Printed in U.S.A.
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
WARNING
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved! Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT
B-10731a
WRONG
B-15734
CORRECT
CORRECT
B-15535
B-15524
WRONG
WRONG
B-15732
B-15525
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15733
B-15523
B-16102
B-6589
B-16102
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW07-0805
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
ACS SYSTEM
.................................................... 60-01
AHC SYSTEM .................................................... 60-01
AHC SYSTEM (W/PUSH BUTTON FLOAT) ....... 60-01
AIR CLEANER .................................................... 70-01
AIR CLEANER SERVICE ....................................... 10-01
AIR CONDITIONING SERVICE.............................. 80-01
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FLOW ................... 80-01
ALTERNATOR ........................................................ 60-01
BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING ................................ 80-01
BATTERY................................................................ 60-01
BOBCAT CONTROLLER ........................................ 60-01
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) ....................... 60-01
BOB-TACH ............................................... 10-01, 50-01
BRAKE .................................................................... 40-01
BUCKET POSITION VALVE ................................20-01
CHAINCASE ........................................................... 40-01
CHARGE PRESSURE ............................................ 30-01
COMPONENTS ...................................................... 80-01
COMPRESSOR ...................................................... 80-01
CONDENSER ......................................................... 80-01
CONTROL HANDLE ............................................... 50-01
CONTROL PANEL .................................................. 50-01
CONTROL PEDALS ............................................... 50-01
CONVERSIONS ............................................SPEC-01
COOLING FAN ....................................................... 70-01
CYLINDER (LIFT) ................................................... 20-01
CYLINDER (POWER BOB-TACH).......................... 20-01
CYLINDER (TILT) ............................................... 20-01
DIAGNOSTICS .................................................... 60-01
DRIVE BELT ........................................................... 30-01
DRIVE COMPONENTS .......................................... 40-01
ELECTRICAL/HYD. CONTROLS REF ................... 60-01
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION ................ 60-01
ENGINE ................................................................. 70-01
ENGINE COMPONENTS AND TESTING .............. 70-01
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ................................. 10-01
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM.......................... 10-01
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS .......................... SPEC-01
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL .................................. 70-01
EVAPORATOR .................................................... 80-01
EVAPORATOR/HEATER UNIT ........................... 80-01
EXPANSION VALVE ............................................ 80-01
FAN GEARBOX ...................................................... 10-01
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)
10-01
FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING ............................... 70-01
FRONT AUXILIARY HYD. COUPLER BLOCK....... 20-01
FRONT AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELIEF BLOCK 20-01
FUEL SYSTEM .......................................................10-01
FUEL TANK............................................................. 50-01
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
CONTENTS
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM
HYDROSTATIC
SYSTEM
DRIVE
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-01
HVAC
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
FOREWORD
This manual is for the Bobcat loader mechanic. It provides necessary servicing and adjustment
procedures for the Bobcat loader and its component parts and systems. Refer to the Operation &
Maintenance Manual for operating instructions, Starting procedure, daily checks, etc.
A general inspection of the following items must be made after the loader has had service or repair:
1. Check lift arm support device,
replace if damaged. (Stored
Position)
11. Bob-Tach
wedges
and
linkages
must
function
correctly and be in good
condition.
II
must
oil
or
23. Check
for
any
field
modification not completed.
CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
III
IV
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operators
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0903
WARNING
Warnings on the machine and in the manuals are for
your safety. Failure to obey warnings can cause
injury or death.
W-2044-1285
IMPORTANT
This notice identifies procedures which must be
followed to avoid damage to the machine.
I-2019-0284
SI SSL-0206 SM
SI SSL-0206 SM
VI
Fire Prevention
The machine and attachments have components that are
at high temperature under normal operating conditions.
The primary source of high temperatures is the engine
and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged
or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcs or
sparks.
Figure 1
SI SSL-0206 SM
VII
VIII
Figure 3
P10560
XXXXX
Model 2.-Production
Sequence (Series)
B-16315
IX
OPERATOR SEAT
WITH SEAT BELT
SEAT BAR
REAR AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS
GRAB HANDLES
STEERING
LEVER
TILT CYLINDER
STABILIZER ROD
BUCKET
FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS
BUCKET STEPS
SAFETY TREAD
zOPERATOR CAB
(ROPS & FOPS)
REAR WINDOW
LIFT ARM LINK
REAR GRILL
LIFT ARM
TAIL LIGHT
LIFT CYLINDER
LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE
REAR
LIGHT
REAR DOOR
* TIRES
B-15516
B-16275
BUCKET - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
z ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per SAE J1040 and ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure
per SAEJ1043 and ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available. The Bobcat loader is base-equipped with a standard operator
cab as shown. Extra insulated cab is available as an option (Reduced noise level).
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
BOB-TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1
Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking The Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning The Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-90-1
10-90-2
10-90-1
10-90-2
10-110-1
10-110-1
10-110-1
10-110-1
10-100-1
10-100-1
10-100-2
10-100-1
10-100-2
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-120-1
10-120-3
10-120-1
10-120-1
10-120-1
DRIVE
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
10-01
10-30-1
10-30-1
10-30-3
10-30-2
10-30-1
10-170-1
10-170-1
10-170-1
10-170-1
10-02
Figure 10-10-2
Figure 10-10-1
N-18877
B-7023A
Put floor jack under the rear of the loader [Figure 10-102].
Lift the rear of the loader and install jackstands [Figure
10-10-2].
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and
instructions in the manuals when making repairs,
adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained
operators and failure to follow instructions can
cause injury or death.
Figure 10-10-3
W-2003-0199
Procedure
Always park the loader on a level surface.
P-24470
WARNING
Put the floor jack under the front of the loader [Figure 1010-3].
Lift the front of the loader and put jackstands under the
axle tubes [Figure 10-10-3].
NOTE: Make sure the jackstands do not touch the
tires. Make sure tires clear the floor and any
obstacles.
10-10-1
10-10-2
Figure 10-20-2
WARNING
P-24470
WARNING
Start the engine, and raise the lift arms all the way up.
Have a second person install the lift arm support device
(Item 1) [Figure 10-20-2] over the rod of one of the lift
cylinders.
The lift arm support device must be tight against the
cylinder rod. The tabs of the lift arm support device must
be under the cylinder as shown (Inset) [Figure 10-20-2].
Figure 10-20-3
Figure 10-20-1
1
1
P-24470
N-18485
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and lift cylinder [Figure 1020-3].
N-18488
10-20-1
10-20-2
Figure 10-30-1
OPERATOR CAB
Description
The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and
FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. Check with your dealer if
the operator cab has been damaged. The seat belt must
be worn for roll over protection.
ROPS/FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure per SAE
J1040 and ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective
Structure per SAE J1043 and ISO 3449, Level I. Level II
is available.
Level I - Protection from falling bricks, small concrete
blocks, and hand tools encountered in operations such
as highway maintenance, landscaping, and other
construction site services.
P-24470
Figure 10-30-2
P10564
P10563
10-30-1
Figure 10-30-4
Figure 10-30-3
N-20120
P-24471
N-18493
WARNING
W-2069-1299
P10563
P10564
P10563
10-30-2
Figure 10-30-8
N-20171
Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front
door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 10-30-8].
Figure 10-30-7
Figure 10-30-9
x
N-18495
P-24472
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.
Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 10-307].
10-30-3
10-30-4
Figure 10-40-2
WARNING
N-19073B
N-19048B
Figure 10-40-1
P-24480A
N-18520
N-18517
10-40-1
10-40-2
Figure 10-50-2
1
N-18409
P-21769
10-50-1
10-50-2
Figure 10-60-2
REMOTE START
Procedure
Figure 10-60-1
P-24651
Figure 10-60-3
P16115
10-60-1
Figure 10-60-5
WARNING
P-16116
Figure 10-60-4
P-24652
10-60-2
Figure 10-60-6
P16118
P-34360
10-60-3
10-60-4
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Chart
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
W-2408-0801
SERVICE SCHEDULE
ITEM
HOURS
SERVICE REQUIRED
Engine Oil
Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged
components.
Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grill. Check coolant level in recovery tank.
Add coolant as needed.
Tires
Check the condition of seat belt. Check the seat bar and control interlocks. Clean dirt
and debris from moving parts.
Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any
signs or safety treads that are damaged or worn.
Operator Cab
Check the fastening bolts, washers & nuts. Check the condition of
cab.
Fuel Filter
Check that four BICS indicator lights and functions are activated. See details in this
Operation & Maintenance Manual.
Check fluid level and add as needed. Check for damage and leaks. Repair or
replace as needed.
Check oil level. Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed.
Wheel Nuts
Parking Brake
Check operation.
Battery
Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed.
Steering Shaft
Alternator Belt
Replace oil and filter. Use CD or better grade oil and Bobcat filter.
Fuel Filter
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Filter
Hydraulic Reservoir
8-10
50
100
250
500
1000
Or every 12 months.
Check wheel nut torque every 8 hours for the first 24 hours.
First oil and filter change must occur at 50 hours; 250 hours thereafter.
Replace filter element after the first 50 hours and when the transmission warning light comes ON.
10-70-1
10-70-2
Checking
OUTER FILTER
Figure 10-80-1
Figure 10-80-3
1
1
P-21769A
P-31836
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated on (Contents Page 70-01).
Figure 10-80-2
2
1
P-43239
Press and hold the LIGHT Button (Item 1) [Figure 10-802] for two seconds.
If the filter element needs replacement, the CODE [0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the HOURMETER /
CODE DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 10-80-2].
10-80-1
Figure 10-80-6
P-43241
P-31837
Figure 10-80-7
NOTE: Be sure all sealing surfaces are clean.
Install the new filter element and washer. Tighten the
wing nut.
NOTE: Be sure sealing washer is in place on each
wing nut [Figure 10-80-4].
Install the dust cover and tighten the wing nut.
Check the air intake hose and the air cleaner housing for
damage. Make sure all connections are tight.
INNER FILTER
P-31838
10-80-2
Figure 10-90-2
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
When fluids are under pressure.
Flying debris or loose material is present.
Engine is running.
Tools are being used.
W-2019-1285
Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance or engine damage.
Cleaning The Cooling System
P-24673
Raise the oil cooler. Clean the top of the radiator [Figure
10-90-2].
Figure 10-90-1
NOTE: Use low air pressure or low water pressure to
clean the radiator or damage to the radiator
fins may result.
Lower the oil cooler.
Check cooling system for leaks.
Lower the rear grill and close the rear door.
P-24672
WARNING
Do not use your bare hands to remove debris from
the oil cooler. Cooling fins are sharp and may cause
injury.
W-2460-0303
10-90-1
WARNING
Figure 10-90-3
Figure 10-90-4
N-18471
N-18467
N-18473
IMPORTANT
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine
damage.
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which
protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage.
I-2124-0497
10-90-2
Figure 10-90-7
LATER VERSION
KUBOTA 2203-EB
1
Figure 10-90-5
1
P-34009
Figure 10-90-6
EARLY VERSION
10-90-3
10-90-4
FUEL SYSTEM
Figure 10-100-1
Fuel Specifications
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
Temp. F/ C
+15 (-9 )
Down to -20 / (-29 )
Below -20 / (-29 )
No. 2
100%
50%
0%
No.1
0%
50%
100%
N-18433
WARNING
Figure 10-100-2
WRONG
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
B-15650
W-2103-1285
10-100-1
WARNING
Fuel Filter
Figure 10-100-3
Figure 10-100-4
1
N-18431
1
2
Removing Water
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-3] at the
bottom of the filter element to remove water from the
filter.
Replacing Element
N-18431
After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank has
run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
system before starting the engine.
10-100-2
Figure 10-110-2
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the
engine for the work shift.
Figure 10-110-1
1
N-20587A
1
2
N-18433
N-18432
Oil Chart
F
*
10-110-1
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
W-2103-1285
Figure 10-110-3
P1575
Put oil in the engine. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-104.), [Figure 10-110-3] (See Oil Chart on Page 10-110-1.)
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes.
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the oil filter.
Remove the dipstick and check the oil level.
Add oil as needed if it is not between the marks (Item 1)
[Figure 10-110-3] on the dipstick.
Install the dipstick and the fill plug.
Close the rear door.
10-110-2
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Checking And Adding Fluid
Figure 10-120-1
Figure 10-120-3
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system.
(See HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID
SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-50-1.)
1
P-24681
P-24681
2
P-24672
10-120-1
Figure 10-120-5
WARNING
W-2145-0290
N-19018
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
W-2103-1285
Figure 10-120-4
Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is
at the center of the sight gauge (Do not overfill).
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering The Operator
Cab on Page 10-30-2.)
1
N-19017
10-120-2
P-34227
10-120-3
10-120-4
Figure 10-130-2
Figure 10-130-1
1
1
P1616
N-18438
If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
the oil flows from the hole.
P1619
10-130-1
10-130-2
FAN GEARBOX
Checking And Maintaining
Figure 10-140-1
N-18460
10-140-1
10-140-2
Figure 10-150-3
BOB-TACH
Inspection And Maintenance
Bob-Tach
Wedge
WARNING
Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in
attachment. Levers must be fully down and locked.
Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to
come off and cause injury or death.
W-2102-0588
Figure 10-150-1
B-15177
If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole
[Figure 10-150-2] and [Figure 10-150-3], the
attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 10-150-4
N-17027
10-150-1
10-150-2
Figure 10-151-3
1
B-15177
If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole
[Figure 10-151-3], the attachment will be loose and can
come off the Bob-Tach.
B-15891
Figure 10-151-4
Figure 10-151-2
TS-1062
1
N-16043A
10-151-1
10-151-2
Figure 10-160-2
Figure 10-160-1
1
2
N-18506
N-18505
Access
Hole
N-18504
N-18510
10-160-1
Figure 10-160-6
10
N-18508
Figure 10-160-7
6. Tilt Cylinder Rod End. [Figure 10-160-4].
7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) [Figure 10-160-4].
Figure 10-160-5
11
8
N-18511
N-18507
11. Lift Arm Link Pivot Pin (Both Sides) [Figure 10-1607].
9
P16045
10-160-2
12
P1533
10-160-3
10-160-4
Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire
wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires
to the front [Figure 10-170-2].
TIRE MAINTENANCE
Wheel Nuts
Figure 10-170-1
N-18514
Rotating
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure.
Inflate tires to the maximum pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire.
WARNING
Figure 10-170-2
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-1285
IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same loader.
I-2057-0794
B-9976
10-170-1
10-170-2
WARNING
Cleaning Procedure
IMPORTANT
This loader is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A.
Forestry Service approved spark arrestor muffler. It
is necessary to do maintenance on this spark
arrestor muffler to keep it in working condition. The
spark arrestor muffler must be serviced by dumping
the spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
W-2068-1285
Figure 10-180-1
P-31840
WARNING
When the engine is running during service, the
steering levers must be in neutral and the parking
brake engaged. Failure to do so can cause injury or
death.
W-2006-0284
WARNING
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-1285
Start the engine and run for about ten seconds while a
second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of
wood over the outlet of the muffler.
This will force contaminants out through the cleanout
hole.
Stop the engine.
Install and tighten the plug.
WARNING
10-180-1
10-180-2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
BUCKET POSITION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solenoid Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-90-1
20-90-4
20-90-2
20-90-1
20-90-1
CYLINDER (LIFT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-20-1
20-20-6
20-20-1
20-20-5
20-20-4
20-20-2
20-22-1
20-22-5
20-22-1
20-22-4
20-22-3
20-22-2
CYLINDER (TILT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base End Pivot Pin Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rod End Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Replacement . . . . .
20-21-1
20-21-6
20-21-3
20-21-1
20-21-5
20-21-4
20-21-2
20-21-3
HYDRAULIC
SAFETY
SYSTEM &
DRIVE
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK. . . . . 20-131-1
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-131-1
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-131-1
FRONT AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELIEF BLOCK. . . . . . . .
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Auxiliary Pressure Relief Block Inspection . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solenoid Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-130-1
20-130-2
20-130-3
20-130-1
20-130-3
20-01
20-02
20-03
20-04
20-110-1
20-110-3
20-110-4
20-110-1
20-110-4
20-05
20-06
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
773 (S/N 517611001 - 517621198)
(S/N 518011001 - 518012551)
(S/N 518111001 - 518112468)
(S/N 519011001 - 519024161)
(S/N 519211001 - 519212516)
(500 K 11001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0511legend
LEGEND
1
RESERVOIR:
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 24 Qts. (23 L)
10
28
29
30
19
23
24
12
25
13
26
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
Printed in U.S.A.
27
46
47
RESTRICTION
50 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (138 Bar)
36
37
51
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
773 (S/N 517611001 - 517621198)
(S/N 518011001 - 518012551)
(S/N 518111001 - 518112468)
(S/N 519011001 - 519024161)
(S/N 519211001 - 519212516)
(500 K 11001 AND ABOVE)
PILOT
DIVERTER VALVE (OPTIONAL)
PILOT
30
FEMALE
26
FEMALE
F1
52
D1
24
F1
D1
DRIVE MOTOR
(FRONT AUXILIARY
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
(REAR QUICK
COUPLERS)
27
D2
MALE
F2
DRAIN
P1
23
24
AUXILIARY BLEED
VALVE
MALE
25
D2
P2
37
F2
1
45
DRAIN
P1
P2
32
38
HYDRAULIC FILTER
31
2
B
HYDROSTATIC PUMPS
36
34
A
5
22
3
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
A
40
12
13
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
CHARGE
INLET
HYDRAULIC
POWERED
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL)
20
AUXILIARY
SPOOL
36
TILT CYLINDERS
44
39
DR
INLET
C
21
12
46
53
OUTLET
D
49
48
47
17
TILT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
43
11
14
DRIVE MOTOR
50
P1
LIFT CYLINDERS
10
P2
38
18
51
A
B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
35
15
14
4
37
9
16
33
41
33
WORKING CIRCUITS
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
19
42
Printed in U.S.A.
If Equipped
V-0511 (3-2-04)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
773 (S/N 517611001 - 517621198)
(S/N 518011001 - 518012551)
(S/N 518111001 - 518112468)
(S/N 519011001 - 519024161)
(S/N 519211001 - 519212516)
(500 K 11001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0512legend
LEGEND
1
RESERVOIR:
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 24 Qts. (23 L)
8
9
19
23
CHECK VALVE
29
30
45
46
47
48 SCREEN
31 RESTRICTION
32 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (SINTERED
BRONZE)
35
RESTRICTION
36
50
37
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
12
27
28
10
13
Printed in U.S.A.
41
52
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
773 (S/N 517611001 - 517621198)
(S/N 518011001 - 518012551)
(S/N 518111001 - 518112468)
(S/N 519011001 - 519024161)
(S/N 519211001 - 519212516)
(500 K 11001 AND ABOVE)
FEMALE
SELECT VALVE
C2
MALE
C1
FEMALE
28
MALE
MALE
30
28
FEMALE
31
DRIVE MOTOR
23
27
P
B
FEMALE
PRESS
(FRONT AUXILIARY
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
25
4
37
26
24
47
T
AUXILIARY BLEED VALVE
32
MALE
DRAIN (MALE)
38
HYDRAULIC FILTER
45
BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)
OIL
COOLER
2
B
HYDROSTATIC PUMPS
36
34
A
5
22
3
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE
A
40
12
12
13
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
CHARGE
INLET
21
B
20
HYDRAULIC
POWERED
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL)
AUXILIARY
SPOOL
36
39
TILT CYLINDERS
44
5
INLET
49
48
OUTLET
46
52
51
50
17
TILT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
43
D
C
11
DRIVE MOTOR
14
53
LIFT CYLINDERS
10
38
P1
18
54
A
B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
P2
35
15
14
4
37
9
16
33
41
33
WORKING CIRCUITS
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
Printed in U.S.A.
42
If Equipped
19
V-0512 (3-3-04)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
773 (S/N 517621199 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518012552 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518112469 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519024162 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519212517 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0513legend
LEGEND
1
RESERVOIR:
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 24 Qts. (23 L)
7
8
10
16
28
29
30
23
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
24
12
25
13
26
46
TWO-STAGE RELIEF
1000/2000 PSI (69/138 Bar)
47
22
Printed in U.S.A.
27
RESTRICTION
36
37
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
773 (S/N 517621199 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518012552 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518112469 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519024162 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519212517 AND ABOVE)
PILOT
30
FEMALE
INTEGRATED QUICK
COUPLER BLOCK
26
F1
D1
FEMALE
7
(FRONT AUXILIARY
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
DRIVE MOTOR
(REAR QUICK
COUPLERS)
24
MALE
23
MALE
27
25
F2
4
D2
37
DRAIN
P1
P2
32
38
D
34
HYDRAULIC FILTER
31
OIL
COOLER
2
B
HYDROSTATIC PUMPS
36
22
40
C
21
20
12
12
13
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
CHARGE
INLET
B
A
HYDRAULIC
POWERED
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL)
36
AUXILIARY
SPOOL
39
TILT CYLINDERS
44
5
INLET
OUTLET
48
47
A
17
B
TILT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
43
46
42
11
DRIVE MOTOR
DR
14
49
LIFT CYLINDERS
10
38
P1
45
18
P2
A
B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
PP
35
15
14
4
37
9
16
33
41
33
WORKING CIRCUITS
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
19
Printed in U.S.A.
V-0513 (3-1-04)
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
773 (S/N 517621199 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518012552 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518112469 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519024162 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519212517 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0514legend
LEGEND
1
RESERVOIR:
Capacity . . . . . . . . . 24 Qts. (23 L)
30
7
8
16
RESTRICTION
36
37
46
TWO-STAGE RELIEF
1000/2000 PSI (69/138 Bar)
47
22
23
CHECK VALVE
24
11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
25
12
13
27
28
29
10
Printed in U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS
WITH HIGH FLOW OPTION
773 (S/N 517621199 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518012552 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 518112469 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519024162 AND ABOVE)
(S/N 519212517 AND ABOVE)
MALE
FEMALE
C1
(RIGHT SIDE LIFT ARM
QUICK COUPLERS)
OPTIONAL
28
28
1
MALE
FEMALE
29
30
FEMALE
C2
MALE
SELECT VALVE
51
51
23
DRIVE MOTOR
27
P
B
INTEGRATED QUICK
COUPLER BLOCK
FEMALE
PRESS
25
(FRONT AUXILIARY
LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)
MALE
4
37
26
24
MALE
T
32
38
D
34
HYDRAULIC FILTER
31
OIL
COOLER
2
B
HYDROSTATIC PUMPS
36
22
40
C
21
20
12
12
13
BOB-TACH
CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL)
CHARGE
INLET
B
A
HYDRAULIC
POWERED
BOB-TACH
(OPTIONAL)
AUXILIARY
SPOOL
36
39
TILT CYLINDERS
44
5
INLET
OUTLET
50
48
47
A
D
17
B
TILT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
43
46
C
42
11
DRIVE MOTOR
DR
14
49
LIFT CYLINDERS
10
38
P1
45
18
P2
A
B
LIFT
CYLINDER
SPOOL
PP
35
15
14
4
37
9
16
33
41
33
WORKING CIRCUITS
PILOT CIRCUITS
DRAIN CIRCUITS
COMPONENTS
LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE
32
19
Printed in U.S.A.
V-0514 (3-2-04)
20-10-1
20-10-2
20-10-3
20-10-4
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Tighten Procedures
For tightening torques for hydraulic fittings, tubelines etc.,
See HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS on
Page SPEC-40-1.
20-10-5
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are
most common. Many of the recommended procedures
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel
only.
PROBLEM
W-2004-1285
CAUSE
1, 2, 3, 5, 8
1, 3,
1, 3, 4, 6, 8
1, 4, 5, 6, 7
1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
4
10
11
20-10-6
Figure 20-20-2
CYLINDER (LIFT)
Checking
WARNING
2
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
N-18786
W-2072-0496
WARNING
Figure 20-20-1
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE BUTTON. Push
the top (toe) of the lift pedal.
If there is any leakage from the base end cylinder port
(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-2], remove the lift cylinder for
repair.
Repeat the procedure to check the other lift cylinder.
N-18785
Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Pull up on the lift
arm by-pass control and move the lift pedal to release the
hydraulic pressure. Raise the seat bar.
Check only one cylinder at a time. Open the rear door.
Disconnect the negative ground cable to the battery.
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-1] from the
lift cylinder base end port.
20-20-1
Figure 20-20-5
Figure 20-20-3
N-18783
N-18785
Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Pull up on the lift
arm by-pass control and move the lift pedal to release the
hydraulic pressure.
Open the rear door.
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (3438 Nm) torque.
Figure 20-20-6
N-18784
N-18806
20-20-2
Figure 20-20-9
N-18874
N-18789
N-18782
20-20-3
1. Plug
2. O-ring
3. Cylinder
4. O-ring
5. Nut
6. Piston
7. Seal
8. O-ring
9. Spacer
10. Seal
11. O-ring
12. Head
13. Rod Seal
14. Wiper Seal
15. Rod
15
2
5
4
14
1
2
13
12
3
11
10
B-13593
20-20-4
Figure 20-20-12
Figure 20-20-10
N-20610
N-20615
Figure 20-20-13
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook
Spanner Wrench
2
1
N-20611
2
3
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) and rod seal (Item 2), the
back up washer (Item 3) the thin O-ring (Item 4) and the
thick o-ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-20-13] from the head.
N-20552
Remove the head and the rod assembly from the cylinder
[Figure 20-20-11]. Put the rod end in a vise.
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3)
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-11].
20-20-5
Figure 20-20-15
3
1
N-20610
P7424
NOTE: The piston center hole (Item 4) [Figure 20-2015] has a bevel on one end. The bevel goes
toward the rod.
Figure 20-20-16
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-20-16].
NOTE: During installation the O-ring side of the seal
must be toward the inside of the cylinder.
20-20-6
Figure 20-20-19
1
2
3
P7422
Figure 20-20-18
Figure 20-20-20
P7425
N-20552
Lift Cylinder: Install the head (Item 1), and spacer (Item
2) [Figure 20-20-20].
Install the piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-20-20].
Grease the piston where the nut contacts the piston. Do
not get grease on the threads. Install the new nut (Item 4)
[Figure 20-20-20].
20-20-7
N-20552
P7429
20-20-8
Figure 20-21-3
CYLINDER (TILT)
Checking
WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a persons body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
N-18802
Figure 20-21-1
Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar.
Start the engine and push the Press to Operate button.
Push the bottom (heel) of the tilt pedal.
If there is leakage from the open port, remove the tilt
cylinder for repair.
N-18801
Figure 20-21-2
N-18550
Use a drift pin and hammer, remove the rod end pivot pin
(Item 1) [Figure 20-21-5].
N-18550
N-18544
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (3438 Nm) torque.
WARNING
W-2103-1285
3
Figure 20-21-5
N-18553
N-18545
20-21-2
Figure 20-21-10
1
1
N-18554
N-18556
Figure 20-21-11
Use a seal pick to remove the seals (Item 1) [Figure 2021-8] on both sides of the pivot bushing.
Figure 20-21-9
N-19228
20-21-3
9. Seal
10. O-ring
11. Head
12. Seal
13. Seal
14. Rod
15. Seal
16. Bushing
3
MC-1688A
2
1
4
11
12
13
7
8
9
15
14
16 15
10
MC-1688C
TS-1233A
20-21-4
Figure 20-21-14
3
Figure 20-21-12
2
N-20609
Remove the seal (Item 1), and O-ring (Item 2) from the
piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-21-14].
N-20615
Figure 20-21-15
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook
Spanner Wrench
N-20611
2
3
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1), and rod seal (Item 2),
the back up washer (Item 3) the thin O-ring (Item 4) and
the thick O-ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-21-15] from the
head.
N-20554
20-21-5
Figure 20-21-17
Figure 20-21-16
N-20609
P7424
Figure 20-21-18
N-20612
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-21-18].
NOTE: During installation the O-ring side of the seal
must be toward the inside of the cylinder.
20-21-6
Figure 20-21-21
1
2
P7422
Figure 20-21-20
Figure 20-21-22
2
1
P7425
N-20554
Install the head (Item 1), and the piston (Item 2) [Figure
20-21-22]. The small diameter of the piston goes into the
cylinder tube first.
Grease the piston where the nut contacts the piston. Do
not get grease on the threads. Install the new nut (Item 3)
[Figure 20-21-22].
20-21-7
N-20554
P7429
20-21-8
Figure 20-22-2
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
W-2103-1285
1
P16330
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0496
Figure 20-22-1
P16332
20-22-1
N-21401
N-21400
20-22-2
8. Seal
9. O-ring
10. Head
11. Seal
12. Seal
13. Rod
4
5
9
10
11
12
13
B-16276
20-22-3
Figure 20-22-8
3
2
Figure 20-22-6
P16295
P16293
Figure 20-22-9
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:
MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook
Spanner Wrench
4
Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move
the rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the
cylinder.
2
1
N-20611
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1), and rod seal (Item 2),
the back up washer (Item 3) the thin O-ring (Item 4) and
the thick O-ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-22-9] from the head.
2
1
P16294
Figure 20-22-11
Figure 20-22-10
P16295
P7424
NOTE: The piston center hole (Item 4) [Figure 20-2211] has a bevel on one end. The bevel goes
toward the rod.
Figure 20-22-12
N-20612
Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-22-12].
NOTE: During installation the O-ring side of the seal
must be toward the inside of the cylinder.
20-22-5
Figure 20-22-15
1
2
3
P7422
Figure 20-22-14
Figure 20-22-16
3
4
P7425
P16294
Install the head (Item 1), and spacer (Item 2) [Figure 2022-16].
Install the piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-16].
Grease the piston where the nut contacts the piston. Do
not get grease on the threads. Install the new nut (Item 4)
[Figure 20-22-16].
Tighten the nut to 90 ft.-lbs. (122 Nm) torque.
20-22-6
P16293
20-22-7
20-22-8
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
WARNING
Figure 20-30-2
WARNING
2
N-18409
W-2017-0286
Figure 20-30-1
2
1
P16340
20-30-1
Adjustment
Checking (Contd)
Figure 20-30-4
Figure 20-30-3
Right
Steering
Lever
Control
O-ring
1
Back-up
1
B-6764
P13254
20-30-2
Figure 20-30-6
IMPORTANT
1
N-19238
Figure 20-30-5
Clean the area around the control valve. Loosen and
remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-6].
Remove the O-rings and back-up washers [Figure 2030-4].
N-19236
20-30-3
20-30-4
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
N-19236
W-2059-0598
N-19507
P-34005
Figure 20-40-6
1
N-19511
2
Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-6]
from the right hydrostatic drive motor.
N-19509
1
2
N-19512-
Disconnect lift lock valve drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 2040-5] from the control valve.
Remove both tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-5] from
the auxiliary section of the control valve.
20-40-2
Figure 20-40-10
N-19533
N-19514
P-34006
1
Locate and remove the two control valve mounting bolts
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-11] through the right side access
panels.
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm)
torque.
N-19534
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-409] from the lift lock valve bracket.
20-40-3
Figure 20-40-14
1
2
1
N-18697
1
1
Remove the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small Oring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-14] from the top of the control
valve.
N-18679
Install the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-ring
(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-14] on the top of the control valve.
N-18695
20-40-4
Figure 20-40-16
Figure 20-40-15
1
5
4
N-18686
N-18679
TORQUE
110-130 in.-lbs.
(12,4-14,7 Nm)
190-210 in-lbs.
(21,5-23,7 Nm)
3*
190-210 in.-lbs.
(21,5-23,7 Nm)
Figure 20-40-17
SEQUENCE
N-18685
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6
N-18687
Using a flat blade screw driver, remove the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-17] .
Orifice size is 0.078 inch.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm bypass orifice.
20-40-5
Figure 20-40-20
P-8956
1
Clean and inspect the screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-20]
on the end of the valve.
N-18683
2
1
N-18684
20-40-6
Figure 20-40-23
1
1
1
N-18689
N-18682
Figure 20-40-22
Figure 20-40-24
1
1
N-18688
2
N-18690
20-40-7
Figure 20-40-27
1
Figure 20-40-25
N-18692
1
1
N-18693
20-40-8
Figure 20-40-29
3
2
P9175
1
Use an Ohm meter to measure coil resistance [Figure
20-40-29].
N-18694
20-40-9
Figure 20-40-30
Identification Chart
ITEM
773 LOADER
A1
A2
A3
Auxiliary Hydraulics
B1
B2
B3
Auxiliary Hydraulics
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
F1
Anti-Cavitation Valve
F2
G1
G2
G3
H1
H2
H3
MR
H1
H2
H3
C4
G3
B3
G2
B2
F2
C3
A3
D3
A2
E2
D2
C2
G1
B1
A1
E1
D1
C1
F1
MR
TS-1918
N-21159
20-40-10
Figure 20-40-33
IMPORTANT
Figure 20-40-32
Mark each valve section, spool and related parts so that
they will be returned to its original valve section during
assembly.
1
Use bolts to fasten the control valve to a work bench for
easier disassembly and assembly procedures.
3
2
N-18699
20-40-11
Figure 20-40-37
1
N-19031
N-18700
2
l
l
1
3 4
l l
5
l
B-06764
1. Relief Valve
2. O-ring
3. Sleeve
4. Glide Ring
5. O-ring
CD-15092
Remove the O-rings, sleeve, and glide ring from the main
relief valve [Figure 20-40-38].
Installation: Always use new O-rings, sleeve, and glide
ring. Tighten to 35-40 ft.-lbs. (47-54 Nm) torque.
1
N-18923
20-40-12
Figure 20-40-41
1
N-18977
N-18976
Figure 20-40-40
4
3
2
1
1. O-ring
2. Backup Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve
N-18844
N-18923
20-40-13
Figure 20-40-45
1
N-18843
Anti-Cavitation Valve
Loosen the anti-cavitation/port relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-43].
Figure 20-40-46
Figure 20-40-44
1
1
N-18923
20-40-14
Rubber Boot
Figure 20-40-49
2
1
N-18923
N-19032
Remove the anti-cavitation valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-4046] & [Figure 20-40-47] from the control valve for the lift
section.
Figure 20-40-48
1
4
1
E-01509
1. Anti-Cavitation Valve
2. O-ring
3. Backup Washer
4. O-ring
N-18924
N-18839
Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the anticavitation valve [Figure 20-40-48].
20-40-15
Figure 20-40-53
N-18926
2
1
N-18923
Figure 20-40-52
1
N-18925
20-40-16
Figure 20-40-57
2
N-18971
Figure 20-40-58
Figure 20-40-56
2
1
1
N-18972
N-18976
IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do
not lose these parts during disassembly and
assembly.
I-2012-0284
20-40-17
Figure 20-40-61
N-18975
Figure 20-40-60
2
3
1
1
N-18930
N-18974
20-40-18
Figure 20-40-65
1
2
N-18916
P-8988
1
1
N-18915
N-19004
20-40-19
Figure 20-40-69
N-18918
Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 2040-69].
N-19009
Figure 20-40-70
Remove spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-67] from the
spring assembly.
Figure 20-40-68
3
1
N-18920
N-18919A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-68].
Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 inch
tap drill
Turn a 6-32 tap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-70] into the plug.
Pull the tap and plug out of the spool. Be careful, do not
break the tap.
Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore.
NOTE: DO NOT USE LOCTITE ON THE STUD
THREADS.
20-40-20
Figure 20-40-73
O-ring
Plastic
Plug
.60 inch
(15,2 mm)
B-14712
Install the stud and tighten until the other end of the stud
is out about 0.60 inch (15,2 mm) from the spool [Figure
20-40-73].
N-18961
Figure 20-40-74
Figure 20-40-72
1
N-18967
Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 2040-72].
20-40-21
Figure 20-40-77
1
2
N-19004
3
2
Figure 20-40-78
Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces
before assembly [Figure 20-40-75].
Install the spring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-75] and detent
balls (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-75] into the adapter (Item 3)
[Figure 20-40-75] and compress with the detent pliers
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-76].
Figure 20-40-76
1
N-18917
N-18968
20-40-22
Figure 20-40-81
N-19007
Figure 20-40-82
Install the spring assembly to the lift spool; hand tighten
[Figure 20-40-79].
Remove the spring tool.
Check the alignment of the detent adapter and the
washer.
1
Tighten the adapter to 90-100 in.-lbs. (10,2-11,3 Nm).
NOTE: The adapter must fit in the center of the
washer (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-79].
Figure 20-40-80
N-19008
CD-15051
20-40-23
Figure 20-40-85
2
N-18976
1
Install the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-85].
2
Figure 20-40-86
N-18972
Figure 20-40-84
N-18930
1
N-18971
20-40-24
Figure 20-40-89
2
1
N-18923
N-18927
Install the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 2040-87] on the linkage end of the lift spool.
Remove the lift and tilt lock block (Item 1) [Figure 20-4089] from the control valve. (See Load Check Valve on
Page 20-40- 11.)
Figure 20-40-90
Figure 20-40-88
1
N-18928
N-18923
Install the lift and tilt lock block (Item 1) [Figure 20-4088]. (See Load Check Valve on Page 20-40- 11.)
20-40-25
Figure 20-40-93
1
Figure 20-40-91
N-18942
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vise [Figure 2040-93].
N-18686
Figure 20-40-92
N-19014
20-40-26
Figure 20-40-97
3
4
1
N-18976
N-18944A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-95].
Figure 20-40-96
Figure 20-40-98
2
1
N-18943
N-18943
N-18990
20-40-27
Figure 20-40-101
2
1
N-18823
Figure 20-40-102
Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-99]
Assembly: Put grease on all
component parts.
centering spring
2
1
N-18992
20-40-28
Figure 20-40-105
Plug
1
1
1
N-18800
Figure 20-40-106
N-18795
Figure 20-40-104
N-18843
N-18993
20-40-29
20-40-30
Figure 20-41-1
P-34004
WARNING
Figure 20-41-2
Fixed End Main Valve Hose
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
P-31998
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-41-5
Figure 20-41-3
1
P-31992
Figure 20-41-4
P-31993
P-34054
20-41-2
Figure 20-41-9
Figure 20-41-7
4
2
6
2
1
P-31996
P-31994
1
2
P-31995
P-31997
20-41-3
Figure 20-41-13
1
1
P-34006
P-34005
Figure 20-41-12
P-34007
P-34008
20-41-4
Figure 20-41-17
1
1
2
1
N-18697
1
1
Remove the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small Oring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-17] from the top of the control
valve.
N-18679
Install the four large O-rings (Item 1) and the small O-ring
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-17] on top of the control valve.
N-18695
20-41-5
1
5
N-18679
TORQUE
110-130 in.-lbs.
(12,4-14,7 Nm)
190-210 in.-lbs.
(21,5-23,7 Nm)
190-210 in.-lbs.
(21,5-23,7 Nm)
SEQUENCE
1,2,3,4,5 & 6
20-41-6
Figure 20-41-21
N-18685
Using a flat blade screw driver, remove the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-20] & [Figure 20-4121].
N-18686
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm bypass orifice.
Figure 20-41-20
1
N-18687
N-18683
20-41-7
Figure 20-41-24
Figure 20-41-23
P-8956
N-18684
20-41-8
Figure 20-41-27
1
1
1
N-18689
N-18682
Figure 20-41-26
N-18688
20-41-9
Figure 20-41-30
Figure 20-41-28
1
1
N-18693
2
2
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-30] from
both ends of the solenoid.
N-18690
Figure 20-41-31
1
N-18692
N-18691
20-41-10
Figure 20-41-33
3
2
P9175
1
Use an Ohm meter to measure coil resistance [Figure
20-41-33].
N-18694
20-41-11
Figure 20-41-36
4
3
2
3
1
1
N-19114
N-19112
N-18940
1
Repeat removal for tilt actuator [Figure 20-41-37].
NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing handle sensor, actuator or
ACS controller. (See Calibration Procedure
on Page 60-123-14.)
N-19113
20-41-12
Figure 20-41-38
H1
H3
A1
A2
A3
Auxiliary Hydraulics
B1
B2
B3
Auxiliary Hydraulics
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
F1
Anti-Cavitation Valve
F2
G1
G2
G3
H1
H2
H3
MR
H2
C4
G3
B3
A3
D3
C3
G2
B2
A2
E2
A1
E1
D2
C2
F2
G1
F1
B1
D1
C1
MR
PE1339
20-41-13
IMPORTANT
1
Figure 20-41-41
N-21159
1
Remove the BICS valve assembly from the control valve.
(See BICS Valve Removal And Installation on Page 2041-5.)
Remove the restrictor (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-39] from
the lift section base end port.
Load Check Valve
N-19100
Figure 20-41-40
2
N-19099
20-41-14
Figure 20-41-44
N-19034
3
2
N-19101
Figure 20-41-45
N-19035
N-19102
20-41-15
Figure 20-41-48
1
2
1
B-06764
1. Relief Valve
2. O-ring
3. Sleeve
4. Glide Ring
5. O-ring
N-19034
CD-15092A
Remove the O-rings, sleeve, and glide ring from the main
relief valve [Figure 20-41-46].
Installation: Always use new O-rings, sleeve, and glide
ring. Tighten to 35-40 ft.-lbs. (47-54 Nm) torque.
N-18981
N-19000
20-41-16
Figure 20-41-52
3
2
1
1. O-ring
2. Backup Washer
3. O-ring
4. Relief Valve
N-18980
N-18844
N-18843
N-19003
20-41-17
Figure 20-41-56
2
1
Anti-Cavitation Valve
Figure 20-41-54
E-1509A
1. Anti-Cavitation Valve
2. O-ring
3. Backup Washer
4. O-ring
N-18839
Remove the O-rings and back-up washer from the anticavitation valve [Figure 20-41-56].
N-19034
Figure 20-41-57
1
N-19036
N-19112
Remove the anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-4154] & [Figure 20-41-55] from the control valve.
20-41-18
Figure 20-41-60
1
N-19112
N-19003
N-19003
20-41-19
Figure 20-41-64
N-19014
4
1
N-18944A
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-65].
N-18942
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vise [Figure 2041-63].
Install the spool tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-63] over the
centering spring.
20-41-20
Figure 20-41-67
2
1
1
N-19003
N-18930
N-18943
4
3
2
N-18987
Remove the end cap (Item 1), O-ring (Item 2), springs
(Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-68] (both
sides).
Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.
20-41-21
Figure 20-41-71
N-18823
Figure 20-41-72
Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-69].
Assembly: Put grease on all the centering spring
component parts.
Auxiliary Electric Solenoid
Figure 20-41-70
1
N-18992
N-18996
20-41-22
Figure 20-41-75
Plug
1
1
N-18800
Figure 20-41-76
N-18795
Port-Auxiliary Section
1
Figure 20-41-74
N-18843
N-18996
20-41-23
20-41-24
Figure 20-50-1
Inspecting
2
Raise the lift arms 6 feet (2 m) off the ground. Stop the
engine. Turn the Lift Arm By-Pass Control Knob
clockwise 1/4 turn. Then pull up and hold the Lift Arm ByPass Control Knob until the lift arms slowly lower.
3
N-18879
Raise the lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground.
Turn the key OFF and wait for the engine to come to a
complete stop.
Turn the key ON. Press the green PRESS TO OPERATE
Button, move the left hand control toward the operator.
The lift arms should not lower.
Move the right hand control away from the operator. The
bucket (or attachment) should not tilt forward.
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
N-18898
Remove the by-pass control knob and jam nut from the
valve shaft [Figure 20-50-2].
Remove the rubber washer (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-2].
20-50-1
Figure 20-50-4
Figure 20-50-3
1
2
3
P7939
1
N-18900
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 180-200 in.lbs. (21-23 Nm) torque.
Remove the lift arm by-pass valve.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm bypass control valve.
20-50-2
WARNING
W-2017-0286
WARNING
different
but
the
Figure 20-60-1
N-18893
Figure 20-60-4
Reservoir
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
Hydraulic Pump
Out
In
Hydraulic Control
Valve
I-2024-0284
Figure 20-60-2
B-16277
1
Sample tester connection shown [Figure 20-60-4].
2
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM*.
Warm the fluid to 140F. (60C.) by turning the restrictor
control (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4] on the tester to about
1000 PSI (6895 kPa). DO NOT exceed system relief
pressure. Open the restrictor control and record the free
flow (GPM) at full RPM.
N-15776
Figure 20-60-3
%=
X100
20-60-2
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
different
but
the
Figure 20-60-5
1
2
P-24594
P-24634
20-60-3
Reservoir
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Hydraulic Pump
Out
In
Hydraulic Control
Valve
1
B-16277
X100
20-60-4
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
3
4
W-2059-0598
2
Figure 20-60-8
N-21969
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 20-608] & (Item 4) [Figure 20-60-9] from the hydraulic pump.
Remove the hydraulic pump (Item 1) [[Figure 20-60-9]
from the hydrostatic pump.
2
3
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 27-37 ft.-lbs.
(37-50 Nm) torque.
N-18893
For the proper procedure See Disassembly on Page 2060-7. And See Assembly on Page 20-60-11.
20-60-5
1
2
3
4
9
7
5
4
13
12
10
11
TS-2047A
Ref. Description
Ref.
Description
1.
BOLT
7.
BEARING HOUSING
2.
END HOUSING
8.
DRIVE GEAR
3.
O-RING SEAL
9.
IDLER GEAR
4.
BACK-UP SEAL
10.
BOLT
5.
SEAL
11.
WASHER
6.
BODY
12.
END HOUSING
13.
RING
20-60-6
Figure 20-60-12
IMPORTANT
1
I-2003-0888
N-21976
Figure 20-60-10
Figure 20-60-13
1
2
1
1
1
N-21974
N-21954
Figure 20-60-11
N-21975
Figure 20-60-16
1
N-21957
2
N-21955
Figure 20-60-17
Remove the seal (Item 1) and back-up seal (Item 2)
[Figure 20-60-14] from the bearing housing.
Figure 20-60-15
1
N-21958
20-60-8
Figure 20-60-20
2
1
N-21960
N-21959
Figure 20-60-21
Figure 20-60-19
P16170
1
N-21959
20-60-9
Figure 20-60-24
N-21962
N-21960A
P16245
20-60-10
Figure 20-60-27
Assembly
1
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P16241
Figure 20-60-25
Install the back-up seal and seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-6027].
Install the large O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-27].
Figure 20-60-28
P16247
Figure 20-60-26
Install the mounting flange housing on the pump housing
[Figure 20-60-28].
P16239
P16243
P16244
20-60-12
Figure 20-61-2
Figure 20-61-1
1
P-24594
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
RPM.
Warm the fluid to 140F. (60C.) by turning the restrictor
control on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895 kPa). DO
NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the restrictor
control and record the free flow (GPM) at full RPM.
Push the mode switch (on the remote start switch) to
engage the front auxiliary hydraulics, the light will come
ON. Push the button (on the right control lever) for fluid
pressure to the quick coupler (fluid pressure will go over
main relief). Record the highest pressure (PSI) and flow
(GPM). The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of
free flow.
Disconnect the pump OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 2061-1] from the high flow pump.
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
20-61-1
Figure 20-61-3
WARNING
P-24423
W-2059-0598
Remove and cap the outlet hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-613] from the hi flow pump.
Figure 20-61-4
N-18596
20-61-2
1
2
3
4
6
7
9
8
5
8
4
3
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
16
14
13
12
19
18
22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Bolt
Cover
O-ring Seal
Seal
Back-up Seal
Body
Dowel
Bearing Housing
Drive Gear
Idler Gear
Cover
O-ring Seal
Seal
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Back-up Seal
Body
Bearing Housing
Drive Gear
Idler Gear
Cover
Ring
Hex Bolt
Allen Head Bolt
20
21
TS-1078B
20-61-3
Figure 20-61-6
IMPORTANT
I-2003-0888
P16175
Figure 20-61-5
Remove the four pump housing bolts (Item 1) [Figure 2061-6] from the small gear pump end housing.
Remove the small gear pump end housing (Item 2)
[Figure 20-61-6].
Mark
Mark
P16173
3
2
P16176
20-61-4
Figure 20-61-10
Figure 20-61-8
CD-15021
2
P16177
Figure 20-61-11
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-8] from the
center housing.
3
Remove the back-up seal (Item 2) and seal (Item 3)
[Figure 20-61-8].
Figure 20-61-9
1
2
P16180
Remove the two hex head bolts (Item 1) and two allen
head bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-11] from the mounting
flange housing.
Remove the mounting flange housing (Item 3) [Figure
20-61-11].
P16178
20-61-5
Figure 20-61-14
P16183
P16181
Figure 20-61-15
P16184
1
P16182
20-61-6
Inspection
Figure 20-61-18
CD-15028
P16185
Figure 20-61-17
1
CD-15031
Check the drive and idler gears for the large and small
pumps [Figure 20-61-19].
If excessive wear is visible on the journals, side or face of
the gears the pump must be replaced. If the splines are
worn, replace the gear pump.
20-61-7
Figure 20-61-21
Inspection (Cont'd)
Figure 20-61-20
P16185
Figure 20-61-22
Check the large and small pump housing [Figure 20-6120].
Check the surfaces in the gear area for scratches, wear
and etc.
1
IMPORTANT
P16184
Install the large drive and idler gears into the bearing
housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-22].
I-2003-0888
20-61-8
Figure 20-61-25
1
1
2
P16182
Figure 20-61-26
Install the bearing housing/gears assembly into the large
pump housing [Figure 20-61-23].
Install the back-up seal and seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-6123].
Install the large O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-23].
Figure 20-61-24
1
P16192
Install the mounting flange housing (Item 1) [Figure 2061-26] on the large pump housing.
P16195
20-61-9
Figure 20-61-29
3
1
2
P16177
P16190
Figure 20-61-28
Figure 20-61-30
1
2
P16178
P16175
Install the drive and idler gears into the bearing housing
(Item 1) [Figure 20-61-28].
20-61-10
Figure 20-61-32
N-21946
Tighten the large pump housing bolts (hex head & allen
head) to 33-41 ft.-lbs. (45-56 Nm) torque [Figure 20-6132]
P16188
20-61-11
20-61-12
Figure 20-62-1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
1
P-26071
WARNING
Figure 20-62-2
W-2059-0598
P-24594
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
20-62-1
Reservoir
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Hydraulic Pump
Out
In
Hydraulic Control
Valve
1
B-16277
X100
20-62-2
Figure 20-62-4
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-26682
WARNING
Figure 20-62-5
W-2059-0598
P-24594
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
20-62-3
Reservoir
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Hydraulic Pump
Out
In
Hydraulic Control
Valve
1
B-16277
X100
20-62-4
Disconnect and cap the outlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 2062-7] from the back of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-62-8
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
P-26068
Disconnect and cap the inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 2062-8] from the front of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-62-7
Figure 20-62-9
2
1
P-26071
P-26069
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-629] from the hydraulic pump.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 27-37 ft.-lbs.
(37-50 Nm) torque.
Remove the hydraulic pump (Item 2) [Figure 20-62-9]
from the hydrostatic pump.
20-62-5
P-26347
P-26347
20-62-6
15
14
13
11
1
12
10
B-16050A
REF.
DESCRIPTION
REF.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RETAINING RING
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
IDLER GEAR
PUMP SECTION
WEAR PLATE
SECTION SEAL
PUMP END SECTION
BOLT (4)
BOLT (4)
DRIVE GEAR
20-62-7
Figure 20-62-12
Figure 20-62-11
1
P-26352
P-26353
P-26351
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
20-62-8
Figure 20-62-15
Figure 20-62-13
P-26358
Figure 20-62-16
P-26354
Figure 20-62-14
4
3
P-26359
Remove the pump center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-6215] & [Figure 20-62-16] from the pump end section.
P-26355
20-62-9
Figure 20-62-19
1
P-26391
Figure 20-62-20
P-26389
Figure 20-62-18
1
P-26362
1
P-26362
P-26390
20-62-10
Figure 20-62-23
1
2
1
P-26394
P-26392
Figure 20-62-24
1
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6221]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
P-26396
Figure 20-62-22
1
P-26395
P-26393
20-62-11
P-26398
P-26397
P-26374
20-62-12
Figure 20-63-1
WARNING
W-2017-0286
P-26753
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-24594
IMPORTANT
I-2024-0284
20-63-1
Reservoir
EXAMPLE: TESTER
CONNECTION
Hydraulic Pump
Out
In
Hydraulic Control
Valve
1
B-16277
X100
20-63-2
Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 2063-4] from the back of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-63-5
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
1
1
P-26739
W-2059-0598
Disconnect and cap the inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 2063-5] from the front of the hydraulic pump.
Figure 20-63-4
Figure 20-63-6
1
2
1
P-26741
P-26740
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-636] from the hydraulic pump.
P-26684
P-26684
20-63-4
26
22 23
19
27
25
24
23
20
17
18
15 16
14
21
7 8
13
11
1
3 4
12
10
B-16051a
REF.
DESCRIPTION
REF.
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
RETAINING RING
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
20-63-5
PRE-LOAD SEAL
LOAD SEAL
SECTION SEAL
WEAR PLATE
DRIVE GEAR
IDLER GEAR
PUMP SECTION
WEAR PLATE
PINS
SECTION SEAL
PUMP END SECTION
BOLT (4)
BOLT (4)
773 Bobcat Loader
Service Manual
IMPORTANT
1
P-26622
Figure 20-63-9
1
2
P-26622
20-63-6
Figure 20-63-12
P-26627
Figure 20-63-13
2
P-26625
Figure 20-63-11
4
1
3
P-26628
1
Remove the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-12] &
[Figure 20-63-13] from the pump center section.
2
P-26626
20-63-7
Figure 20-63-16
P-26631
Figure 20-63-17
P-26629
P-26632
1
Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-63-16] &
[Figure 20-63-17].
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6317]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
P-26630
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6315]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
20-63-8
Figure 20-63-20
P-26636
P-26635
P-26633
Figure 20-63-19
P-26638
1
2
1
P-26637
P-26634
20-63-9
Figure 20-63-24
3
Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-63-22
4
1
1
2
P-26657
P-26654
Remove the pump center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-6322] from the pump sections.
Figure 20-63-23
1
2
P-26655
P-26659
20-63-10
Figure 20-63-28
P-26662
NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6328]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
P-26660
NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 2063-26]. If excessive wear or damage is visible,
the pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-63-27
P-26661
20-63-11
Figure 20-63-31
1
P-26666
NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6331]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the
pump must be replaced.
Figure 20-63-30
Figure 20-63-32
1
P-26665
1
P-26664
P-26674
20-63-12
Figure 20-63-35
Figure 20-63-33
P-26670A
1
P-26669
Figure 20-63-36
P-26667
Figure 20-63-34
1
2
P-26671
P-26668
20-63-13
P-26673
20-63-14
Figure 20-70-2
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-26756
Figure 20-70-1
Remove the hydraulic filter housing and filter.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the filter
housing and filter.
2
1
P-26755
20-70-1
20-70-2
1
P-34037
P-34113
Figure 20-80-3
1
2
N-19056
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 20-80-6
2
N-19059
1
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-6] on the
drive motor.
N-19057
Figure 20-80-7
Disconnect the reservoir vent hose (Item 1) [Figure 2080-4] from the hydraulic fluid reservoir.
Disconnect the hydraulic fill hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-804] from the hydraulic fluid reservoir.
Figure 20-80-5
1
2
N-19060
2
Remove the auxiliary tubeline tee fitting (Item 1) [Figure
20-80-7] (top) to slide the front auxiliary relief hoses out
of the way.
Disconnect the other end attached to the diverter valve.
N-19062
20-80-2
Figure 20-80-10
Figure 20-80-8
1
N-19065
N-19064
20-80-3
Figure 20-80-11
1
P-34113
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
Figure 20-80-12
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
1
P-34038N19059
Figure 20-80-15
P-34042
P-34040
Remove the drive motor drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 2080-13] at the drain filter
Remove the hydrostatic supply hose (Item 2) [Figure 2080-15] from the bottom of the reservoir.
Figure 20-80-16
Figure 20-80-14
2
2
P-34037
P-34039
20-80-5
Figure 20-80-19
1
2
P-34053
P-34043
1
P-34044
P-34052
Remove the hydraulic reservoir (Item 1) [Figure 20-8020] from the loader.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydraulic
fliud resevoir.
20-80-6
Figure 20-90-3
2
2
N-18191
P-34024
Solenoid Testing
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
20-90-1].
Figure 20-90-4
P-9175
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 2090-4]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
for the pressure relief (small) coil is 7-10 ohm and the
other coils 5-8 ohms.
P-34025
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-2]
from the bucket positioning valve.
Installation: Put oil on the O-rings and back-up washers
and tighten the solenoid stem to 30-35 ft. lbs. (40,8-47,6
Nm) torque.
20-90-1
Figure 20-90-5
P-34166
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
1
I-2003-0888
P-34024
20-90-2
Figure 20-90-9
1
2
3
P-34027
P-34026
Figure 20-90-10
Remove the tilt tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-7] from
the C port.
Remove the lift tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-90-7] from
the B port.
P-34029
20-90-3
Figure 20-90-13
1
1
N-19072
N-19069
Figure 20-90-14
Figure 20-90-12
1
1
N-19041
N-19070
20-90-4
Figure 20-90-17
1
N-19045
Figure 20-90-18
Remove the plug (Item 1), and flow control spool (Item 2)
[Figure 20-90-15].
Check the flow control spool for wear, check the O-ring
on the plug and replace as needed.
3
Figure 20-90-16
2
1
N-19046
1
Remove the plug (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and unloading
spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-18].
Check all parts and replace as needed. Install a new Oring on the plug before installing.
3
N-19042
20-90-5
20-90-6
Figure 20-100-2
SELECT VALVE
Checking The High Flow Pump Relief Valve
Figure 20-100-1
2
1
P-28726
P16353
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
20-100-1
Figure 20-100-4
1
1
3
2
2
P09174
P16342
Figure 20-100-5
B-15551
Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Push the flow
switch (Item 1) once (on the instrument panel) to engage
the front auxiliary hydraulics varialbe flow, the light (Item
2) [Figure 20-100-3] will come ON.
Push the high flow switch (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-3] for
fluid pressure to the secondary quick couplers.
Push the left handle rocker switch to engage the flow to
the secondary quick couplers.
P16341
20-100-2
WARNING
Figure 20-100-6
11
W-2017-0286
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
2
2
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
P-34166
20-100-3
Figure 20-100-10
Figure 20-100-8
1
3
P-26414
P-34288
Figure 20-100-9
Figure 20-100-11
1
P-34298
P-34295
20-100-4
Figure 20-100-14
Figure 20-100-12
1
1
P-34299
P-34289
Figure 20-100-13
Figure 20-100-15
3
2
4
1
1
5
N-18181
N-18175
P-34296
20-100-5
Figure 20-100-16
Figure 20-100-18
3
2
2
4
5
P-26862
P-26861
P13828
Figure 20-100-17
2
1
2
P-26864
P-26863
20-100-6
Figure 20-100-22
Figure 20-100-20
2
1
2
P13829
P13828
1
2
3
P-26866
1
P-26865
20-100-7
Figure 20-100-24
Figure 20-100-26
1
1
2
P13830
P-26913
Figure 20-100-25
2
1
P-26868
N-18182
20-100-8
Figure 20-100-30
P-26870
P13837
Figure 20-100-31
1
1
P-26873
P-26869
20-100-9
Figure 20-100-34
1
P-26872
1
P13836
1
P-26871
20-100-10
Figure 20-100-37
1
P-26914
P-26875
Figure 20-100-36
If the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-100-35], [Figure 20-10036] & [Figure 20-100-37] are to be removed, check the
condition of the O-rings and replace as needed.
Installation: Tighten the plugs to 10 ft.-lbs. (13 Nm)
torque.
Reverse the dissassembly procedure to assemble the
select valve.
Solenoid Testing
Figure 20-100-38
P-26877
P9175
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20100-38]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
resistance for the pressure relief (small) coil is 9.8 ohms
and the other coils are 7.5 ohms.
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
20-100-11
20-100-12
Figure 20-110-2
WARNING
1
W-2059-0598
N-21605
Figure 20-110-1
N-21597
1
2
N-21606
Figure 20-110-6
1
2
N-21589
N-21593
N-21591
20-110-2
Figure 20-110-8
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
1
2
I-2003-0888
N-00529
Figure 20-110-7
Remove the pilot check valves from block ports PC1 and
PC2 (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-8].
Remove the shuttle check valve from block port SH1
(Item 2) [Figure 20-110-8].
Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers.
Tighten the pilot check valves (Item 1), and shuttle check
valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-8] to 35 ft. lbs. (47 Nm)
torque.
Figure 20-110-9
1
1
N-00527
4
Clean the diverter block to remove dirt before
disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct
assembly.
2
3
5
2
2
3
2
1
N-00528
Remove the nuts (Item 1), seal washers (Item 2), and
solenoid valve coils (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-9].
Remove the diverter control solenoid valve (Item 4) from
port SV1. Remove the pressure relieving solenoid valve
(Item 5) [Figure 20-110-9] from block port SV2.
Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers.
Tighten the solenoid valves (Items 4 and 5) to 12 ft.-lbs.
(16,3 Nm) torque. Install the sealing washers (Item 2)
and coils (Item 3). Tighten the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20110-9] to 10 in. lbs. (1,13 Nm) torque.
20-110-3
P9137
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20110-10]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
resistance is 6-9 ohms.
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
20-110-4
Figure 20-111-2
WARNING
1
W-2059-0598
N-21605
Figure 20-111-1
N-21597
2
Disconnect and remove the tubeline connecting the
diverter valve "DRAIN" fitting (Item 1) to the control valve
drain fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-111-3].
N-21606
Figure 20-111-6
1
2
N-21589
2
Disconnect the yellow marked mainframe harness to the
diverter harness (Item 1) [Figure 20-111-6].
N-21593
3
1
4
N-21591
20-111-2
Remove the logic cartridge valves (Item 1) [Figure 20111-7] & [Figure 20-111-8] from block ports LC1 and
LC2.
IMPORTANT
Figure 20-111-9
Figure 20-111-7
P16315
Figure 20-111-10
1
1
P16312
Figure 20-111-8
1
P16314
Remove the shuttle check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-1119] & [Figure 20-111-10] from SH1 port.
Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers.
Tighten to 30-35 ft.-lbs. (40,7-47,5 Nm) torque.
P16313
20-111-3
Figure 20-111-13
P16319
1
Remove the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20-111-13] & [Figure
20-111-14] from the solenoid valve.
1
P16316
Figure 20-111-12
Figure 20-111-14
3
2
2
1
2
P16317
2
1
P16321
Remove the pilot check valves (Item 1) [Figure 20-11111] & [Figure 20-111-12] from block ports PC1 and PC2.
Installation: Put oil on O-ring and back-up washers.
Tighten to 30-35 ft.-lbs. (40,7-47,5 Nm) torque.
20-111-4
Figure 20-111-17
1
P16322
Figure 20-111-18
P16323
1
Figure 20-111-16
P16325
P16324
20-111-5
Solenoid Testing
Figure 20-111-21
P9137
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20111-21]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
resistance is 6-9 ohms.
P16326
Figure 20-111-20
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
P16327
Remove the shuttle check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-11119] & [Figure 20-111-20] from the SH2 port.
Installation: Put oil on O-ring and back-up washers.
Tighten to 30-35 ft.-lbs. (40,7-47,5 Nm) torque.
Inspection
Inspect cartridges, check valves, solenoid valves and
sealing washers for contamination or damage. Wash all
parts in clean solvent. Use air pressure for drying them.
Install new O-rings and back-up washers.
Inspect diverter block cavities for contamination. Wash
block in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry.
20-111-6
Figure 20-120-1
3
2
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
1
1
I-2003-0888
N-21572A
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Disconnect and cap the outlet hose (Item 2) [Figure 20120-1] from the block.
Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-1]
from the block.
Figure 20-120-2
N-20471
20-120-1
Figure 20-120-4
P16282
N-20469
Figure 20-120-5
N-22661
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
20-120-2
Figure 20-120-8
1
2
P16257
1
Figure 20-120-9
N-22662
1
1
P16258
N-22663
20-120-3
Figure 20-120-12
1
P16255
P16259
Figure 20-120-11
Figure 20-120-13
1
1
P16260
P16251
20-120-4
Figure 20-120-16
1
P16271
Figure 20-120-17
P16269
Figure 20-120-15
1
P16272
Remove the logic cartridge valve (Item 1) [Figure 20120-16] & [Figure 20-120-17].
P16270
20-120-5
Figure 20-120-20
1
P16265
P16274
Figure 20-120-19
Figure 20-120-21
P16283
P16263
Remove the P.O. check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-12018] & [Figure 20-120-19].
Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers.
Tighten to 20 ft.-lbs. (27,0 Nm).
20-120-6
Figure 20-120-24
P16290
Figure 20-120-23
P16276
1
P16267
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20120-25]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
resistance is approximately 9 ohms.
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can l and
hear the spool shift.
20-120-7
P16277
P16335
20-120-8
Figure 20-121-1
3
1
2
3
P-26414
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-34141
20-121-1
Figure 20-121-5
P-34140
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-1215] holding the Power Bob-tach block.
P-34138
Figure 20-121-4
1
2
P-34139
20-121-2
Figure 20-121-7
2
1
3
P-26103
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-26105
20-121-3
Figure 20-121-11
6
Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)
Figure 20-121-9
P-26208A
2
1
4
5
2
1
P-26112
Remove the relief piston (Item 2), spring (Item 3), ball
seat spring guide (Item 4) [Figure 20-121-11].
P-26107
Figure 20-121-10
1
P-26109
20-121-4
Figure 20-121-14
P-26116
1
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-14] & [Figure
20-121-15].
P-26113
Figure 20-121-15
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
P-26114
P-26117
20-121-5
Figure 20-121-18
P-26123
Figure 20-121-19
P-26120
P-26309
20-121-6
Figure 20-121-22
P-26128
Figure 20-121-23
1
P-26125
Figure 20-121-21
1
2
P-26129
1
3
20-121-7
Figure 20-121-26
1
P-26133
Figure 20-121-25
2
1
3
P-26132
20-121-8
Figure 20-121-29
1
P-26137
P-26134
Figure 20-121-28
Figure 20-121-30
1
2
1
P-26136
P-26139
20-121-9
Figure 20-121-33
P-26141A
P-26140
Figure 20-121-32
Figure 20-121-34
2
1
2
1
3
P-26141
P-26143
20-121-10
Remove and cap the hydraulic hose (Item 2) [Figure 20130-1] that goes from the hydraulic reservoir to the front
auxiliary pressure relief lock.
WARNING
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
P-24991
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-1302] fastening the front auxiliary pressure relief block to the
bracket.
Figure 20-130-1
Figure 20-130-5
P-24995
1
P-24996
2
1
P-24993
20-130-2
Solenoid Testing
Figure 20-130-8
P-26006
P-24998
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20130-8]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct
resistance is 11 1 ohms.
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
20-130-3
20-130-4
Figure 20-131-2
IMPORTANT
2
4
3
I-2003-0888
Figure 20-131-1
P-34661
Figure 20-131-3
2
1
1
3
6
4
5
P-34360
P-34760
20-131-1
Figure 20-131-6
Figure 20-131-4
1
2
P-34665
Figure 20-131-7
Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-131-4] for damage
and replace as needed.
Figure 20-131-5
2
P-34664
20-131-2
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
CHARGE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sender Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30-30-1
30-30-2
30-30-1
30-30-1
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Belt Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tensioner Pulley Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tensioner Pulley Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tensioner Pulley Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . .
30-50-1
30-50-1
30-50-2
30-50-1
30-50-7
30-50-6
30-50-5
30-50-4
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
HYDROSTATIC
SYSTEM
DRIVE
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
30-01
30-02
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are
most common. Many of the recommended procedures
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel
only.
CAUSE
1, 2
2, 3, 4, 5
2, 3, 5, 6, 7
8, 9,
30-10-1
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
FUNCTION 1
FUNCTION 2
30-10-2
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
Removal And Installation
WARNING
Figure 30-20-2
W-2059-0598
WARNING
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire which can result in injury or death.
W-2103-1285
Figure 30-20-1
N-19238
30-20-1
N-19240
P-4141
procedure
to
install
the
30-20-2
11
9
8
13
4
16
3
5
14
6
15
3
21
6
22
20
17
19
18
19
17
20
12
Ref.
24 26
23 25
Description
Ref.
Description
HOUSING
15.
SHAFT, drive
2.
O-RING
16.
BOLT
3.
SEAL, square
17.
SPRING
1.
4.
VALVE, plate
18.
PISTON
5.
GEROLER
19.
POPPET
6.
BALL
20.
SLEEVE
7.
PLATE, balance
21.
PLUG
8.
RING, back-up
22.
O-RING
9.
SEAL
23.
O-RING
10.
RING, back-up
24.
SPRING
11.
O-RING
25.
SHIM
12.
PLUG
26.
POPPET
13.
FLANGE, mounting
14.
SEAL, face
30-20-3
D-3431A
Figure 30-20-7
Disassembly
1
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
Figure 30-20-5
N-00623
Lift and remove the mounting flange (Item 1) [Figure 3020-7] from the motor.
NOTE: Do not scratch or damage the surfaces of the
motor sections. Always put them on a soft
surface.
Figure 30-20-8
1
2
N-00621
N-00622
Figure 30-20-11
Figure 30-20-9
N-00627
N-00625
Figure 30-20-12
Turn the mounting flange back over and remove the seal
(Item 1) [Figure 30-20-9] from the mounting flange.
Figure 30-20-10
1
1
1
N-00628
N-00626
30-20-5
Figure 30-20-15
N-00631
N-00629
Figure 30-20-16
Remove the square cut seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-13]
from the gerolor.
Figure 30-20-14
N-00632
N-00630
30-20-6
Figure 30-20-19
Figure 30-20-17
1
2
N-00635
N-00633
Figure 30-20-20
Remove the square cut seal (Item 1) and small O-ring
(Item 2) [Figure 30-20-17] from the end cap.
Figure 30-20-18
1
2
N-00636
Turn the end cover over and remove the shuttle valve
plug from the end cover [Figure 30-20-20].
N-00634
30-20-7
Figure 30-20-23
Figure 30-20-21
2
1
1
2
3
N-00640
N-00637
3
2
N-00639
N-00641
Remove the low pressure relief valve plug from the side
of the end cover [Figure 30-20-22].
30-20-8
Figure 30-20-26
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
N-00643
Figure 30-20-25
Install the new O-ring on the plug and tighten to 300 in.lbs. (34 Nm) torque [Figure 30-20-26].
2
Figure 30-20-27
1
N-00642
Prior to assembly:
Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
N-00644
Install the poppet (Item 1) and spring (Item 2) [Figure 3020-25] in the low pressure relief port in the end cover.
30-20-9
Figure 30-20-30
N-00648
Install the square cut seal (Item 1) and small O-ring (Item
2) [Figure 30-20-30] in the end cover.
N-00646
Figure 30-20-31
Install a new O-ring on the plug [Figure 30-20-28] and
tighten to 260 in.-lbs. (41 Nm) torque.
NOTE: Always use new O-rings and seals when
assembling the motor. Put a small amount of
grease on all the O-rings and seals for easier
installation.
Figure 30-20-29
4
2
N-00649
N-00647
30-20-10
Figure 30-20-34
N-00652
N-00650
Figure 30-20-35
Align the case drain ports in the valve plate with the case
drain port in the end cover [Figure 30-20-32].
Figure 30-20-33
1
N-00653
N-00651
Install the large square cut seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-2033] in gerolor assembly.
30-20-11
Figure 30-20-38
Figure 30-20-36
N-00656
N-00654
Figure 30-20-37
Figure 30-20-39
N-00655
N-00657
Mark the case drain hole on the outer ring of the gerolor
(as shown) [Figure 30-20-39].
30-20-12
Figure 30-20-42
Figure 30-20-40
3
4
5
N-00660
Install the square cut seal (Item 1) , seal (Item 2) , backup seal (Item 3) , seal (Item 4) and back-up ring (Item 5)
[Figure 30-20-42] in the mounting flange.
1
N-00658
Align the case drain holes and install the balance plate
(Item 1) [Figure 30-20-40] on the gerolor assembly.
Figure 30-20-43
Figure 30-20-41
N-00661
N-00659
30-20-13
Figure 30-20-46
N-00664
Install the nine bolts into the motor. Make sure all the
parts are in correct alignment [Figure 30-20-46].
N-00662
Figure 30-20-47
Align the case drain port (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-44] in
the mounting flange with the case drain port in the
balance plate (as shown).
Figure 30-20-45
MC-2230
30-20-14
Figure 30-20-49
WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
When fluids are under pressure.
Flying debris or loose material is present.
Engine is running.
Tools are being used.
W-2019-1285
P-4456
Figure 30-20-48
Drill a .125 inch (3 mm) hole in the motor carrier seal
[Figure 30-20-49].
Figure 30-20-50
P-4153
30-20-15
Figure 30-20-53
P-4149
P-4454
P-4150
30-20-16
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 30-20-54
P-4152
1
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising The
Operator Cab on Page 10-30-1.)
Drain the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing The
Oil on Page 40-30-1.)
Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
P-4167
30-20-17
P-4165
P-4168
30-20-18
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
Carrier Parts Identification
1
8
4
3
REF.
DESCRIPTION
REF.
1.
2.
3.
4.
MOUNT ASSY.
SHAFT
BEARING
RACE
5.
6.
7.
8.
DESCRIPTION
HOUSING
SNAP RING
SEAL
PLUG
MC-1937A
30-20-19
Figure 30-20-60
P-4176
MC-2102
Use 2-1/4 inch driver tool and press the sprocket shaft
out of the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-20-60].
NOTE: The outer bearing will now be free from the
sprocket shaft.
Figure 30-20-59
Figure 30-20-61
2
1
1
P-4372
P-4365
30-20-20
Carrier Assembly
Figure 30-20-64
Figure 30-20-62
P-4369
P-4373
Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new inner
bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3020-64].
Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the
carrier housing.
Figure 30-20-65
Figure 30-20-63
P-4368
P-4370
Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new outer
bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3020-65].
Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the
carrier housing.
30-20-21
Figure 30-20-67
1
1
P-4371
P-4366
Use the fabricated press tool (Item 1) and 3.0 inch driver
tool, install the new inner bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-2066] on the sprocket shaft as shown.
Remove the press and drive tools from the sprocket
shaft.
Put the outer bearing over the end of the sprocket shaft
and press the bearing on with the press tool and driver
tool [Figure 30-20-67].
Remove the press and driver tools from the sprocket
shaft.
30-20-22
Figure 30-20-70
P-4374
Put the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-68] over the end
of the sprocket shaft.
P-4375
Use MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-2070] and install the shaft seal.
Using the press and driver tools, press the snap ring
(Item 1) [Figure 30-20-68] over the sprocket.
Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on
the carrier shaft [Figure 30-20-70].
Figure 30-20-69
Figure 30-20-71
P-4376
N-15088
30-20-23
N-15087
30-20-24
CHARGE PRESSURE
Sender Removal And Installation
WARNING
Figure 30-30-1
1
2
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Open the rear door.
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) from the oil filter
drip shield (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-1].
P-26964
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 1520 ft.-lbs. (20-27 Nm) torque.
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) from the oil filter
drip shield (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-1].
Remove the charge pressure sender (Item 2) [Figure 3030-2] from the fitting.
Figure 30-30-2
P-28590
the charge
30-30-1
Figure 30-30-4
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
N-17231
Figure 30-30-3
Remove the plug, spring and poppet [Figure 30-30-4].
Check the poppet and spring for wear or damage.
Figure 30-30-5
N-19567
N-19568
30-30-2
Figure 30-40-2
HYDROSTATIC PUMP
Replenishing/High Pressure Relief Valve
1
Figure 30-40-1
2
N-19566
N-19565
NOTE: The two top valves are for the forward drive
loop and the two bottom valves are for the
reverse drive loop.
30-40-1
Figure 30-40-4
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-4236
Figure 30-40-3
P13852
30-40-2
WARNING
Figure 30-40-7
P-4235
Figure 30-40-6
P-28850
P-4238
30-40-3
4
3
6
2
1
13 14
10
11
15
12
17
19
21
16
18
23
20
25
27
22
24
29
26
28
38
30
33
36
34
32
31
37
35
47
40
42
48
45
39
46
44
49
41
43
D-2427
30-40-4
Ref. Description
BOLT
END CAP
PLUG
O-RING
PLUG
O-RING
O-RING
RELIEF VALVE
BOLT
GASKET
BEARING
PLUG
O-RING
O-RING
RELIEF VALVE
PIN
VALVE PLATE
RETAINER
WASHER
SPRING
WASHER
BLOCK
RETAINER
PIN
WASHER
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49
30-40-5
RETAINER
RETAINER
PISTON ASSEMBLY
PLATE
SWASHPLATE
PIN
HOUSING
PLUG
BEARING
SEAL
O-RING
COVER
BOLT
SHAFT
SNAP RING
BEARING
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
PLUG
O-RING
BEARING
O-RING
PLATE
BOLT
6
16
14
11
13
10
12
7
9
15
22
18
19
23
21
20
24
26
28
30
25
32
27
34
38
29
36
31
33
35
47
37
46
39
45
44
48
49
43
50
40
42
51
41 58
52
53
54
53 52
55
57
60
59
56
D-2428
30-40-6
Ref. Description
SNAP RING
WASHER
SEAL
SNAP RING
SNAP RING
BEARING
SNAP RING
KEY
SHAFT
HOUSING
PLUG
O-RING
BEARING
SEAL
O-RING
COVER
BOLT
PIN
O-RING
PLUG
BEARING
O-RING
PLATE
BOLT
SWASH PLATE
WEAR PLATE
PISTON ASSEMBLY
PISTON RETAINER
RETAINER
WASHER
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
30-40-7
PIN
RETAINER
BLOCK
WASHER
SPRING
WASHER
WASHER
VALVE PLATE
PIN
GASKET
BEARING
PLUG
POPPET
SPRING
SHIM
O-RING
PLUG
RELIEF VALVE
O-RING
O-RING
PLUG
PIN
O-RING
COUPLER
O-RING
BOLT
O-RING
O-RING
RELIEF VALVE
END CAP
Pump Separation
Figure 30-40-10
Figure 30-40-8
1
N-19569
N-21967
1
N-19570
N-21969
30-40-8
Figure 30-40-14
2
1
N-19551
3
Remove the pump housing end cap (Item 1) [Figure 3040-14].
N-19571
N-17193
N-19550
30-40-9
Figure 30-40-18
1
Figure 30-40-16
2
N-17198
N-17194
Check the valve plate locating pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-4016] for wear and replace if needed.
Figure 30-40-17
N-17199
Remove the ball guide retainer (Item 1) [Figure 30-4019] from the cylinder block.
N-17197
30-40-10
Figure 30-40-22
1
4
3
N-17481
N-17200
Figure 30-40-23
N-17201
30-40-11
Figure 30-40-26
1
N-17242
N-17240
Figure 30-40-27
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-24] from
the pump housing and remove the driveshaft and bearing
from the housing.
Figure 30-40-25
N-17243
1
Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-27]
from the lower trunnion cover. Remove the cover.
N-17241
30-40-12
Figure 30-40-30
2
2
1
N-17246
N-17244
Figure 30-40-31
Figure 30-40-29
1
1
2
N-17247
N-17245
30-40-13
Figure 30-40-34
2
1
N-17249
N-17250
Figure 30-40-35
Inspect the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-32] in the upper
trunnion cover and replace if needed.
Figure 30-40-33
N-17251
N-17248
30-40-14
Figure 30-40-38
N-17252
N-17252
N-17253
30-40-15
Figure 30-40-41
1
1
2
N-17247
3
Install the upper trunnion seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-41]
and cover.
N-17249
Figure 30-40-42
Install the tapered bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-39] on
the swashplate shaft.
Figure 30-40-40
N-17246
N-17248
30-40-16
Figure 30-40-45
2
N-17243
N-17245
Figure 30-40-44
Figure 30-40-46
N-17244
N-17242
30-40-17
Figure 30-40-49
Figure 30-40-47
1
1
1
N-17200
N-17241
Install the bearing and snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-4047] on the pump shaft.
Figure 30-40-48
Figure 30-40-50
1
N-17240
N-17199
Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 3040-48].
30-40-18
Figure 30-40-53
Figure 30-40-51
N-17194
N-17198
Figure 30-40-54
Lay the pump housing on its side and install the cylinder
block, piston assembly into the housing.
Figure 30-40-52
N-17196
N-17197
30-40-19
Figure 30-40-57
Figure 30-40-55
N-19550
Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing.
Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-57] to 35-45 ft.lbs. (47-61 Nm) torque.
N-17193
Figure 30-40-58
1
3
2
1
N-19571
1
Install the two small O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-58].
Install the new large O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-58].
Install the pump coupler (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-58].
N-19551
30-40-20
N-19570
1
1
N-19569
30-40-21
30-40-22
DRIVE BELT
Figure 30-50-1
Stop the engine. Open the rear door.
Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.
Remove the belt shield (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-2].
The pulley tensioner is located between the flywheel and
pump pulley.
1
Figure 30-50-3
P-28852
Figure 30-50-2
P-8760
P-43217
30-50-1
P-8762
Figure 30-50-6
30-50-2
Figure 30-50-8
P-4064
Remove the drive belt from the pump pulley and flywheel.
P-8760
30-50-3
Figure 30-50-10
Figure 30-50-9
P-8760
P-43217
30-50-4
1. Cover
2. Bolt
3. Washer
4. Pins
5. Washer
6. Spring
7. Snap Ring
8. Snap Ring
9. Bearing
10. Dust Shield
11. Pulley
12. Bushing
13. Hub
14. Washer
15. Seal
16. Arrow Indicator Plate
17. Locating Pin
18. Spring
19. Shaft
20. Bracket
11
3
12
4
5
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
19
20
E-2296
30-50-5
Figure 30-50-13
3
1
1
4
2
P-8861
P-8858
Figure 30-50-12
Figure 30-50-14
5
2
1
1
4
P-8859
P-8862
Remove the bolt (Item 1), the flat washer (Item 2), the
retainer washer (Item 3), the spring washer (Item 4) and
the second retainer washer (Item 3) from the pulley
assembly (Item 5) [Figure 30-50-12].
30-50-6
Figure 30-50-17
1
1
P-8873
Turn the pulley assembly over and install the two pins
(Item 1) [Figure 30-50-17] into the hub.
P-8871
Figure 30-50-18
Install the spring (Item 1) on the pulley (Item 2) [Figure
30-50-15] as shown.
Figure 30-50-16
2
P-8874
P-8872
30-50-7
Figure 30-50-21
2
2
1
P-8877
P-8875
2
1
P-8876
30-50-8
Figure 30-60-2
OIL COOLER
Removal and Installation
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
N-19345
MEL 1558
Figure 30-60-1
1
N-19540
N-19216
Open the rear door of the loader and raise the rear grill
[Figure 30-60-1].
Note: If the loader has air conditioning, move the
condensor off to the side. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 80-120-1.)
30-60-1
N-19346
30-60-2
DRIVE SYSTEM
BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disk Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch Operated Parking Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40-10-1
40-10-3
40-10-2
40-10-1
40-10-2
CHAINCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Cover Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing The Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40-30-1
40-30-3
40-30-1
40-30-2
40-30-4
40-30-1
DRIVE COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation . . .
Chain Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40-20-1
40-20-1
40-20-3
40-20-8
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE
SYSTEM
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
40-01
40-02
Figure 40-10-2
BRAKE
Pedal Removal And Installation
The brake is applied with the earlier style foot-operated
switch (Item 2) [Figure 40-10-1], or with the later style
panel-mounted toggle switch (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-5].
The loader will have one or the other, not both.
Figure 40-10-1
2
P-4073
Remove the fuse mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 40-102] from the front of the control panel.
1
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 40-101] from the brake pedal mounting bracket.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 15-20 ft.-lbs.
(20-27 Nm) torque.
40-10-1
Figure 40-10-4
BRAKE (CONTD)
Pedal Disassembly And Assembly
Figure 40-10-3
P-4156
2
P-4189
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
P-21944
40-10-2
Figure 40-10-7
BRAKE (CONTD)
Disk Removal And Installation
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
N-19105
Figure 40-10-6
1
N-19081
40-10-3
BRAKE (CONTD)
Disk Removal And Installation (Contd)
Figure 40-10-8
N-19082
Figure 40-10-9
N-19083
40-10-4
DRIVE COMPONENTS
Axle Seal Removal And Installation
WARNING
Figure 40-20-1
2
2
1
1
P-4157
P-4159
40-20-1
Figure 40-20-5
P-4160
P-4161
Clean the seal area and inspect the shaft for wear.
Remove the key (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-3] from the axle.
NOTE: If the shaft is damaged or worn, an axle repair
sleeve kit is available from Bobcat Parts.
Figure 40-20-4
Place the new axle seal over the axle and into the axle
tube.
Install MEL1399 seal driver tool over the axle and put
against the axle seal [Figure 40-20-5].
Hit the seal driver tool with a hammer until the tool is
flush with the edge of the axle tube [Figure 40-20-5].
Reverse removal procedure to install the axle hub and
wheel assembly.
P-4181
40-20-2
WARNING
Figure 40-20-7
Figure 40-20-6
1
P-4147
N-19075
40-20-3
Figure 40-20-10
P-4170
1
P-4158
Figure 40-20-9
P-4171
1
P-4162
40-20-4
Figure 40-20-13
1
P-4175
P-4169
Installation: A piece of round tubing (Item 1) [Figure 4020-12] is needed to install the bearing on the axle shaft.
The tubing needs to measure approximately 0.500 inch
(12,7 mm) to 1.0 inch (25,4 mm) in length. The inside
diameter of the tubing should not be under 2.100 inches
(53,3 mm) and the outside diameter should not be over
2.400 inches (60 mm),
A bearing puller (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-12] is also
needed to install the bearing on the axle.
Put the tubing (Item 1) on the bearing puller (Item 2)
[Figure 40-20-12].
Put the bearing (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-12] on the tube as
shown.
Put the spline end of the axle shaft (Item 4) [Figure 4020-12] in the bearing and press the bearing onto the axle.
Be sure to hold onto the axle during installation, as it will
slide freely along the axle shaft after the spline end has
passed through the bearing and until it reaches the
bearing mounting surface on the axle.
40-20-5
Figure 40-20-15
2
1
P-4179
Leave the bearing cup tool loose until the tool is installed
inside the tube [Figure 40-20-15].
Use the tools provided in the MEL1202B Axle Bearing
Service Set for bearing cup removal and installation. A
slide hammer is also necessary for this procedure.
Use the long rod and bearing cup tool to remove the
inner bearing cup [Figure 40-20-14].
After the bearing cup tool is inside the axle tube, pull the
tool against the bearing cup and tighten the nut (Item 2)
[Figure 40-20-15] on the tool.
Figure 40-20-16
Hit the long rod with a hammer to remove the bearing cup
from the axle tube [Figure 40-20-14].
P-4180
Use the slide hammer and remove the bearing cup from
the axle tube [Figure 40-20-16].
40-20-6
Secure the tool to the threaded rod with a nut [Figure 4020-18].
Figure 40-20-17
1
2
P-4174
Figure 40-20-18
1
P-4173
To install the outer bearing cup, use the short rod and the
bearing cup tool used for removing the bearing cups.
Put the bearing cup tool on the short rod.
2
Put the bearing cup in the axle tube and put the tool into
the tube over the bearing cup [Figure 40-20-19].
P-4164
Use the bearing cup installation tools (Item 1) [Figure 4020-17] and (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-18] and the long
threaded rod (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-18] from the service
set to install the inner and outer bearing cups.
Hit the short rod with a hammer until the bearing cup is
seated inside the axle tube.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the axle
sprocket and bearings.
40-20-7
Remove the front (or rear) axle and sprocket. (See Axle
Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on
Page 40-20-3.)
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 40-20-20
Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 40-2020]. (See Disk Removal And Installation on Page 40-103.)
Remove the six carrier mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure
40-20-20] from inside the chaincase.
Installation: Verify the motor carrier to chaincase gasket
has not been damaged. Tighten the motor carrier
mounting bolts to 125-140 ft.-lbs. (170-190 Nm) torque.
Figure 40-20-21
P-4152
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising The
Operator Cab on Page 10-30-1.)
Drain the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing The
Oil on Page 40-30-1.)
Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
P-4167
40-20-8
WARNING
DO NOT exceed the recommended torque of 130 ft.lbs. (176 Nm). The tool may fail under too much
torque. Put cloth around the tool to protect yourself
from flying debris.
W-2233-0296
Figure 40-20-22
B-13504
40-20-9
40-20-10
CHAINCASE
Figure 40-30-2
Figure 40-30-1
1
1
P1616
P-34453
If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
the oil flows from the hole. Install and tighten the plug.
P1619
40-30-1
Figure 40-30-5
CHAINCASE (CONTD)
Front Cover Removal And Installation
1
1
2
WARNING
P-4144
W-2059-0598
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising The
Operator Cab on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the front chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 4030-5] from the loader.
Installation: The front chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure
40-30-5] has a gasket installed between the cover and
the chaincase. Install new gasket if necessary.
NOTE: Gasket sealant can be used on the gasket
surfaces and the cover bolts for a better seal.
Figure 40-30-4
N-19075A
40-30-2
CHAINCASE (CONTD)
Center Cover Removal And Installation
LATER
1
1
2
P-28856
P-4152
Figure 40-30-7
Installation: The center chaincase cover has a gasket
installed between the cover and the chaincase. Install a
new gasket if necessary.
EARLIER
4
P-4132
Figure 40-30-10
CHAINCASE (CONTD)
Rear Cover Removal And Installation
Figure 40-30-9
P-4147
1
P-34259
40-30-4
MAIN FRAME
BOB-TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-40-1
Bob-Tach Lever And Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-40-2
Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-40-3
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-40-1
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE
SYSTEM
MAIN FRAME
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
50-01
50-90-1
50-90-2
50-90-3
50-90-1
50-90-1
50-90-3
50-91-1
50-91-3
50-91-2
50-91-1
FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Fill Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50-80-1
50-80-2
50-80-2
50-80-1
LIFT ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Link Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stabilizer Bar Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50-50-1
50-50-5
50-50-1
50-50-6
OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Cylinder Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50-20-1
50-20-3
50-20-1
50-20-4
50-02
50-31-1
50-31-3
50-31-2
50-31-1
50-31-1
50-31-4
50-31-2
50-31-5
POWER BOB-TACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Bob-Tach Lever And Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50-41-1
50-41-4
50-41-2
50-41-1
REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Latch and Catch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latch Removal and Installation (Early Style) . . . . . . . . . . .
Latch Removal and Installation (Later Style) . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Striker Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Striker Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50-70-1
50-70-3
50-70-4
50-70-4
50-70-1
50-70-2
50-70-2
50-10-1
50-10-3
50-10-5
50-10-1
50-03
50-04
Figure 50-10-3
SEAT BAR
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-10-1
1
P10564
P10563
P-43383
N-18463
P-31858
50-10-1
Figure 50-10-6
P-43382
N-18572
Remove the seat bar mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 5010-5] (both sides).
50-10-2
Figure 50-10-8
4
7
3
2
2
10
10
1
1
N-19383
Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-7] & [Figure 50-10-8].
Seat Bar Mount (Item 1)
Mounting Bolt (Item 2)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 3)
Seat Bar (Item 4)
Magnetic Bushing Assembly (Item 5)
Pivot Bushing (Item 6)
Sensor Bracket (Item 7)
Sensor Mounting Nut (Item 8)
Sensor Mounting Bolt (Item 9)
Mounting Nut (Item 10)
N-19219
50-10-3
Figure 50-10-10
5
6
3
7
2
7
1
1
N-19340
Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-9] & [Figure 50-1010].
Seat Bar Mount (Item 1)
Mounting Nut (Item 2)
Pivot Bushing (Item 3)
Spacer Bushing (Item 4)
Seat Bar (Item 5)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 6)
Mounting Bolt (Item 7)
N-19220
50-10-4
Figure 50-10-12
Figure 50-10-11
1
4
2
3
2
1
N-19384
Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-11] & [Figure 50-1012] out of the clevis.
Assembly: Apply LOCTITE #242 adhesive to the bolt
threads. Adjust the compression spring by turning the
bolt in past the end of the clevis three turns.
NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of LOCTITE
#242 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry
affected parts before the application of
LOCTITE #242.
Disassemble and assemble the seat bar compression
spring and parts as shown in Fig. [Figure 50-10-12].
N-19222
Bolt (Item 1)
Bushing (Item 2)
Spring (Item 3)
Clevis (Item 4)
Retaining Pin (Item 5)
Pin (Item 6)
Bushing (Item 7)
50-10-5
50-10-6
Figure 50-20-2
OPERATOR CAB
Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation
WARNING
WARNING
P1528
P1518
Figure 50-20-1
1
N-19165
50-20-1
Figure 50-20-6
Figure 50-20-4
2
1
P-43354
Loosen the front bolt (Item 1) and remove the rear bolt
(Item 2) [Figure 50-20-5] and [Figure 50-20-6] from the
gas cylinder mounting bracket.
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 100-130 in.-lbs. (11,314,7 Nm) torque.
Figure 50-20-7
N-19186
1
DUAL GAS SPRING
1
N-19184
2
Move the mounting bracket forward to relieve any
remaining tension on the gas cylinder [Figure 50-20-7].
N-19169
50-20-2
Figure 50-20-10
Figure 50-20-8
DUAL GAS SPRING
2
1
1
2
P1008
N-20618
Figure 50-20-11
P-39601
P1006
50-20-3
Figure 50-20-13
WARNING
Figure 50-20-12
Remove bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-13] from the cab
ground.
Remove any sta-straps connected to the harness
[Figure 50-20-13].
Figure 50-20-14
N-19185
1
Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-14]
(both sides) to the cab access hole covers.
N-19181
50-20-4
Figure 50-20-16
N-19231
N-19186
50-20-5
Figure 50-20-18
1
1
2
3
N-19202
N-19165
Remove the rear mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-2018] (both sides) and nut from the operator cab.
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25-35 ft.-lbs. (3447 Nm) torque.
Figure 50-20-19
N-19194
N-19188
50-20-6
OPERATOR SEAT
Figure 50-30-3
Figure 50-30-1
N-20729
N-20729
Locate the seat belt bolts under seat pan insulation (Item
1 & 2) [Figure 50-30-3] and peel back or cut insulation to
gain access to the head.
Figure 50-30-4
2
N-20655
P10564
P10563
50-30-2
Figure 50-31-3
Figure 50-31-1
1
2
N-20974
N-20647
Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 5031-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting
studs.
Installation: Tighten the mounting nuts to 20 ft.-lbs. (27
Nm) torque.
Figure 50-31-2
N-20973
P10563
Figure 50-31-7
Figure 50-31-5
N-18582
1
Figure 50-31-8
N-18587
(See
Removal
And
N-18579
Figure 50-31-10
Figure 50-31-9
1
N-18583
N-18580
Pull the seat back adjustment lever (Item 1) [Figure 5031-10] and tilt the seat back all the way forward.
Inspect the seat ride adjustment [Figure 50-31-9].
Figure 50-31-11
Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator
seat back.
N-18578
Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 5031-11] from the seat back and remove the back.
Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator
seat back.
50-31-3
Figure 50-31-14
Figure 50-31-12
1
1
2
N-18586
N-18584
Figure 50-31-13
1
2
N-18585
(See
Removal
And
Remove the seat shock retaining pin (Item 1) [Figure 5031-12] & [Figure 50-31-13] (Both ends.)
Remove the seat shock (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-12] &
[Figure 50-31-13].
50-31-4
Installation: Be sure tether strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-3116] is on the seat belt stud behind the seat belt retractor.
Figure 50-31-17
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the operator seat.
Installation on Page 50-30-1.)
(See
Removal
And
Figure 50-31-15
1
2
OUTSIDE OF CAB
P16131
1
3
Figure 50-31-18
P16285
2
P16126
Installation: Be sure tether strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-3115] is on the seat belt stud behind the end release
buckle.
Figure 50-31-16
INSIDE OF CAB
P16128
3
P16284
50-31-6
Figure 50-40-3
BOB-TACH
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-40-1
1
1
N-18547
N-18544
Figure 50-40-4
LATER STYLE
EARLY STYLE
Figure 50-40-2
1
N-22035
P13099
N-18545
Loosen the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-2] at the BobTach pivot pin.
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 350 ft.-lbs. (475 Nm)
torque.
50-40-1
Figure 50-40-7
BOB-TACH (CONTD)
Bob-Tach Lever And Wedge
Figure 50-40-5
1
N-18560
Figure 50-40-8
Figure 50-40-6
4
1
3
2
1
N-18561
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 1), washer (Item 2),
spring (Item 3) and lever (Item 4) [Figure 50-40-8].
N-18559
50-40-2
Figure 50-40-11
BOB-TACH (CONTD)
Bob-Tach Lever And Wedge (Contd)
Figure 50-40-9
N-18562
P5345
Figure 50-40-12
1
N-18557
N-18563
50-40-3
50-40-4
Figure 50-41-2
POWER BOB-TACH
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-41-1
2
1
3
1
N-18545
N-21401
Remove the tilt cylinder rod end from the Bob-Tach (both
sides).
Loosen the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-2] at the BobTach pivot pin.
NOTE: The hose with the 45 end (Item 1) [Figure 5041-1] is connected to the base end fitting on
the cylinder.
Remove the hose clamp on the hoses and use the bolt
(Item 2) [Figure 50-41-1] on the tilt cylinder pivot pin to
secure the clamp.
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 3) [Figure 50-41-1] and
nut from the tilt cylinder rod end pin (both sides).
1
Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 25-28 ft.lbs. (34-38 Nm) torque.
N-18547
50-41-1
Figure 50-41-6
EARLY STYLE
1
2
N-18559
N-22035
P13099
Figure 50-41-7
N-18560
1
N-21401
50-41-2
Figure 50-41-10
3
4
N-18563
5
Use a punch and hammer to drive the roll pin (Item 1)
[Figure 50-41-10] flush with the face of the Bob-Tach.
N-21401
Figure 50-41-11
Remove the washers and bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-418]. Tighten the bolts to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm) torque.
Remove the cylinder off the lever pivots. Position the rod
end to the left with the grease fitting holes to the top
[Figure 50-41-8].
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 2), washer (Item 3),
spring (Item 4) and lever (Item 5) [Figure 50-41-8].
Installation: Tighten the nut to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm)
torque.
Figure 50-41-9
N-18562
Reverse the removal procedure to install the Power BobTach lever and wedge [Figure 50-41-11].
1
2
N-20625
If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-41-9] are damaged, put the
assembly in a vise.
Remove the bolt and replace the damaged parts as
needed.
50-41-3
N-18557
50-41-4
Figure 50-50-3
LIFT ARM
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-50-1
1
N-18850
P-31849
N-18805
50-50-1
Figure 50-50-6
1
1
1
N-18792
N-18873
Figure 50-50-7
Figure 50-50-5
LATER STYLE
N-18793
P-31832
50-50-2
Figure 50-50-10
Figure 50-50-8
2
1
N-18806
N-18550
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (3438 Nm) torque.
Use a drift pin and hammer remove the lift arm pivot pin
(Item 2) [Figure 50-50-10] (both sides).
Figure 50-50-11
Figure 50-50-9
N-18803
N-18851
Connect a chain to the front of the lift arm and around the
axle [Figure 50-50-9].
50-50-3
Figure 50-50-14
1
N-18804
Use a slide hammer remove the lift cylinder rod end pivot
pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-12] (both sides).
Strap the lift cylinders to rear of the uprights.
N-18856
Figure 50-50-13
Connect a nylon lift strap, chain and chain hoist to the lift
arms (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-13] & [Figure 50-50-14].
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-13] from
the stabilizer pivot pin.
Installation: Tighten to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm) torque.
N-18857
50-50-4
Figure 50-50-16
WARNING
1
N-18810
W-2019-1285
Figure 50-50-15
Figure 50-50-17
N-18806
50-50-5
Figure 50-50-20
N-19433
N-18851
Figure 50-50-21
Connect a chain to the front of the lift arm and around the
axle [Figure 50-50-18].
NOTE: The Bob-Tach and front wheel are removed in
photo [Figure 50-50-18] for clarity purpose
only. The Bob-Tach and front wheel do not
need to be removed to remove the stabilizer
link.
Figure 50-50-19
N-19434
Figure 50-60-3
REAR GRILL
Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation
Figure 50-60-1
N-19336
N-19337
N-19204
Open the rear door and raise the rear grill [Figure 50-601].
Figure 50-60-2
2
1
N-19207
50-60-1
Figure 50-60-6
N-19215
Figure 50-60-7
Open the rear door and raise the rear grill [Figure 50-604].
Figure 50-60-5
N-19218
50-60-2
Figure 50-70-3
REAR DOOR
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-70-1
2
3
2
P-43360
P-24792
NOTE: Install the door stop (Item 2) and the door stop
retainer (Item 3) [Figure 50-70-3] in the top
hinge as shown.
Remove both rear light assemblys (Item 2) [Figure 5070-1] from the door. (See Front Removal And Installation
on Page 60-60-1.)
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 2528 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm) torque.
Figure 50-70-2
Lift the door away from the loader frame and put the door
flat on the floor.
Installation: Reverse the removal procedure to install
the rear door.
2
P-34588
Figure 50-70-6
LATER STYLE
Figure 50-70-4
EARLY STYLE
1
P-31320
P-28889
LATER STYLE
Check the parts for wear and replace as needed.
1
Installation: Reverse the removal procedure to install
the rear door striker.
1
P-31126
Remove the two striker mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 5070-4] and [Figure 50-70-5].
Remove the striker assembly from the loader.
Installation: Tighten both striker mount bolts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-70-4] or [Figure 50-70-5] to 90-100 ft.-lbs.
(125-135 Nm)
50-70-2
Figure 50-70-8
EARLY STYLE
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never service or adjust the machine when the engine
is running unless instructed to do so in the manual.
W-2012-0497
Figure 50-70-7
P-24793
P-31126
50-70-3
Figure 50-70-11
1
P-31127
1
Remove the spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-11] from the
door handle.
P-24793
2
P-31128
1
P-31125
50-70-4
Figure 50-80-3
FUEL TANK
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-80-1
1
1
P13868
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-803] from the battery holder.
Figure 50-80-2
P1619
Drain the fuel from the tank through the fuel drain (Item 1)
[Figure 50-80-2].
P13869
50-80-1
Figure 50-80-7
Figure 50-80-5
2
1
P13874
P13876
Remove the clamp (Item 1) and remove the fuel fill hose
(Item 2) [Figure 50-80-7] from the tank.
Lift the fuel tank up and remove the tank from the loader
[Figure 50-80-5].
Figure 50-80-8
Figure 50-80-6
1
P13875
50-80-2
P13873
1
P13872
Remove the fuel supply screen (Item 1) [Figure 50-8010] from the hose. Check the screen for damage and
replace if necessary.
50-80-3
50-80-4
Figure 50-90-2
CONTROL PEDALS
Removal And Installation
Figure 50-90-1
P-34375
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-902] from the pedal mounting bracket.
P-26008
Pedal Adjustment
After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal so that there is
clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve spool
must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the floor
panel.
50-90-1
Figure 50-90-4
WARNING
P-34260
P-34376
P-34257
50-90-2
Figure 50-90-8
Figure 50-90-6
P-34258
P-34257
Figure 50-90-9
Figure 50-90-7
P-26008
P-24759
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 21-25 ft.-lbs. (2834 Nm) torque.
Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 21-25 ft.-lbs. (2834 Nm) torque.
50-90-3
50-90-4
Figure 50-91-3
1
P-21936
P-21927
1
P-21938
P-21935
Tilt the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-91-2].
Remove the foot pedal and sensor assembly from the
loader.
50-91-1
Figure 50-91-5
Figure 50-91-4
1
P-21940
P-21924
P-21934
Tip the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-91-6].
Remove the foot pedal assembly.
50-91-2
1
P-21931
2
3
1
P-21932
Remove the spacer (Item 1), linkage (Item 2), and nut
(Item 3) [Figure 50-91-8] from the foot pedal.
50-91-3
50-91-4
CONTROL PANEL
WARNING
Figure 50-100-2
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
P-34166
Figure 50-100-1
2
1
P-34362
Figure 50-100-5
P-34363
Figure 50-100-6
P-26323
N-19390
50-100-2
Figure 50-100-8
1
3
3
2
P-4146
Remove Control Handle Lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-1008]. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-1.)
2
P-34365
Remove the steering shaft pivot bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50100-8] from both sides of the control panel.
Installation: Tighten the pivot bolts to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (3438 Nm) torque.
Remove the steering shaft from the control panel.
Shaft Disassembly And Assembly
Figure 50-100-9
1
1
P-4154
50-100-3
Figure 50-100-12
Figure 50-100-10
1
1
P-3736
P-26331
Slide the plate (Item 1) to the right and remove it from the
two guide pins (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-12].
NOTE: The two guide bushings (Item 3) will be loose
and can fall out of the plate (Item 1) as soon as
it is removed from the guide pins (Item 2)
[Figure 50-100-12].
P-3729
50-100-4
4
1
N-15310
P-3733
DESCRIPTION
Shoulder Bolt
Bushings
Spring
Lock Nut
Centering Plate
Guide Bushings
Figure 50-100-14
1
1
N-15312
50-100-5
Figure 50-100-18
1
3
2
1
P-34365
P-3733
Figure 50-100-17
P-3734
50-100-6
Figure 50-100-19
Linkage Adjustment
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift
arms are secured by an approved lift arm support device.
Failure to use an approved lift arm support device can allow
the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death.
2
1
W-2059-0598
3
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
P-34365
WARNING
50-100-7
Figure 50-100-22
1
2
1
3
P-3723
3
Move the right side steering lever forward and install a
15/16 inch (24 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the
center plate (Item 2) and the mounting plate (Item 3)
[Figure 50-100-22].
4
P-3726
Figure 50-100-21
4
2
1
3
3
2
4
P-3724
Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a
3/8 inch (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle
arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3)
[Figure 50-100-21].
P-3730
50-100-8
Figure 50-100-24
Figure 50-100-26
1
1
P-3727
P-3723
Loosen the two bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-10024] on each steering linkage bar.
Figure 50-100-25
P-3728
50-100-9
Figure 50-100-28
WARNING
P-3731
Figure 50-100-27
Figure 50-100-29
1
3
4
P-3726
P-3725
50-100-10
Figure 50-100-31
P-3732
Move the right control lever until the tires do not turn
(neutral position).
Start the engine and run at high RPM.
Move the traction lock override switch (Item 1) [Figure
50-100-30] to the OFF position so the traction function is
unlocked. The wheels are now able to turn.
Move the left control lever until the tires do not turn
(neutral position).
Move the left centering block to the left until it contacts
both pintle cams and the control lever is still in the neutral
position [Figure 50-100-29].
Tighten the bolts to 25-28 ft.-lbs. (34-38 Nm) torque.
NOTE: If the centering blocks are worn, they can be
removed and rotated 180 degrees and
reinstalled. If the cams are worn, they can be
loosened and rotated 90 degrees and
reinstalled.
50-100-11
3
4
P-3726
1
2
P-34365
50-100-12
CONTROL HANDLE
Figure 50-110-2
Figure 50-110-1
1
N-18884
1
P-34362
50-110-1
50-110-2
Components Identification
Figure 50-111-1
1
1
2
N-17774
N-17774
Figure 50-111-2
Remove the control cover.
Figure 50-111-4
N-17783
N-17783
50-111-1
Figure 50-111-7
2
P13737
N-17380
Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50111-7] from the control handle and shaft.
Remove the control unit (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-7] from
the control handle.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 35 in.-lbs (3,9
Nm) torque.
Figure 50-111-8
1
2
N-17785
N-17392
50-111-2
Figure 50-111-11
1
2
N-17385
1
Using a small screwdriver, hold the handle spacer (Item
1) and remove the allen head screws (Item 2) [Figure
50-111-11] from the handle assembly.
N-17470
1
2
2
1
N-17394
N-17384
50-111-3
Figure 50-111-15
Figure 50-111-13
1
N-17773
Figure 50-111-16
N-17393
P-32595
N-17772
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50111-14] from the control lever switch handle.
Remove the control lever from the cross shaft and control
panel.
50-111-4
Figure 50-111-18
N-17775
P13734
50-111-5
50-111-6
Figure 50-112-2
Components Identification
1
Figure 50-112-1
P-24909
P16572
50-112-1
Figure 50-112-5
P-24910
P16581
Figure 50-112-6
Figure 50-112-4
2
1
2
P-24911
P-24909
Disconnect the float control harness (Item 2) [Figure 50112-4] from the handle connector.
50-112-2
Figure 50-112-9
1
1
P-24913
P-24912
Figure 50-112-10
1
P-21880
2
Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure
50-112-10] from the handle sensor.
50-112-3
Figure 50-112-13
1
3
4
3
P-24909
2
P-24918
P16534
50-112-4
Figure 50-112-17
2
2
1
N-17394
N-17384
Remove the rubber handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 50112-15] from the handle.
Figure 50-112-16
2
1
N-22796
N-17385
50-112-5
Figure 50-112-21
18.25
1
1
B-16618
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50112-19] from the control lever switch handle.
Remove the electrical connectors from the control lever
switch handle. (See Switch Handle Removal on Page 60122-5.)
Figure 50-112-20
N-22658
50-112-6
Figure 50-112-23
1
N-22659
P13734
50-112-7
50-112-8
Components Identification
Figure 50-113-1
1
1
P-21864
1
P-21837
50-113-1
Figure 50-113-7
1
P-21860
NOTE: Pry out with a small screw driver and push the
connector down.
P-21836
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50113-5] from the handle sensor connector.
Figure 50-113-8
1
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 50113-5] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
5
Figure 50-113-6
1
3
1
P-21862
P-21861
50-113-2
Figure 50-113-11
Figure 50-113-9
1
1
P-21880
P-21863
7
3
1
8
4
3
5
2
P-21791
50-113-3
Figure 50-113-14
1
P-21799
4
3
5
2
P-21882
Figure 50-113-13
P-21879
1
P-21878
50-113-4
Figure 50-113-18
1
2
N-17385
2
1
N-17384
N-17394
Remove the rubber handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 50113-17] from the handle.
50-113-5
Figure 50-113-22
Figure 50-113-20
N-22658
1
Figure 50-113-23
N-22796
18.25
P-32595
1
1
N-22667
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50113-21] from the control lever switch handle.
Remove the control lever from the cross shaft and control
panel.
50-113-6
Figure 50-113-25
2
1
N-22659
P13734
50-113-7
50-113-8
Figure 50-114-2
1
P-21879
P16572
50-114-1
Figure 50-114-5
Figure 50-114-3
2
P-21836
1
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50114-5] from the handle sensor connector.
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 50114-5] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
P-21864
Figure 50-114-6
Figure 50-114-4
P-21861
1
Remove the handle sensor connector (Item 1) [Figure
50-114-6] from the clip.
NOTE: Pry out with a small screw driver and push the
connector down.
P-21837
50-114-2
Figure 50-114-9
P-21863
P-21860
Figure 50-114-8
1
7
3
5
4
8
3
4
5
P-21791
P-21862
50-114-3
Figure 50-114-13
3
2
1
P-21878
1
Figure 50-114-14
P-21880
P-21799
4
3
5
2
P-21882
50-114-4
Figure 50-114-17
1
Figure 50-114-15
N-17384
Remove the rubber handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 50114-17] from the handle.
Figure 50-114-18
P-21879
Figure 50-114-16
2
N-17385
P16534
50-114-5
Figure 50-114-21
Figure 50-114-19
1
1
2
N-22667
2
Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50114-21] from the control lever switch handle.
N-17394
N-22796
50-114-6
Figure 50-114-24
2
1
1
P13734
N-22658
Figure 50-114-23
18.25
2
1
B-16618
N-22659
50-114-7
50-114-8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) ADVANCED HAND
CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-1
ACS Controller Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-4
Actuators Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-10
Components Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-1
Controller, Connector And Wire Identification . . . . . . . . . 60-122-3
Handle Sensor Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-4
Troubleshooting Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-2
Switch Handle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-7
Switch Handle Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-122-5
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE
SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS
60-120-1
60-120-8
60-120-4
60-120-1
60-120-4
60-120-3
60-120-5
60-122-2
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
ENGINE
SERVICE
60-30-1
60-30-1
60-30-1
60-30-2
60-30-7
60-30-5
60-30-6
60-30-2
60-30-4
60-30-6
60-30-6
60-30-5
60-30-5
60-31-1
60-31-1
60-31-1
60-31-6
60-31-3
60-31-8
60-31-2
60-31-7
60-31-4
60-31-3
60-31-5
60-31-4
60-31-8
60-31-8
60-31-7
60-31-7
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60-20-1
60-20-1
60-20-2
60-20-3
60-02
60-10-1
60-10-4
60-10-5
60-10-5
60-10-6
60-10-3
60-03
60-100-1
60-100-4
60-100-3
60-100-2
60-100-1
60-41-1
60-41-1
60-41-4
60-41-6
60-41-9
60-41-3
60-41-2
60-110-1
60-110-6
60-110-4
60-110-2
60-110-2
60-110-1
60-04
B
A
A
B
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
CAB
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT
GREEN
DGN = DARK
GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
S/N 517611001-17999
S/N 518011001-11999
S/N 518111001-11999
S/N 519011001-15999
S/N 519211001-11999
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0001
FRONT LIGHT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTORS
HARNESS 6718870
2750
6110
6120
2760
B
A
A
B
B
A
2750
A
B
6120
6110
2760
LEFT PANEL
D
G
E
HEADLIGHTS
COMPUTER POWER
9110
F
K
H
9300
CLOCK/LATCH
9310
DATA
9330
B
J
9320
BUZZER
9340
2910
HEATER
2650
30A
25A
2640
FUSE 6
FUSE 2
2630
FUEL PULL
2600
2620
2610
FUSE 10
15A
25A
FUSE 3
FUSE 11
REAR LT
6320
15A
FUEL
PULL
GLOW PLUG
FUSE 4
TRACTION
PULL
9210
C407
ATTCHMNT
30A
FUSE 8
RIGHT
TAILLIGHT
FR & MK LT
REAR LIGHT
25A
SWITCH
POWER
FUSE 7
2610
HARNESS 6716419
FRONT &
MARKER
LIGHT
1910
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
UNSWITCHED
25A
FUSE 12
STARTER
COMPUTER
ACC PLUGS
25A
25A
6100
TAILGATE/
WORK LIGHTS
FUSE 9
FUSE 1
TRACTION
9320
6330
9340
1900
11
10
9
4
2
6210
1200
9350
9
4
9100
9310
9300
1900
9120
B
A
H
DATA
2900
2
1
1200
9220
SYSTEM Rx
12
5
7
9350
1920
3900
1220
3920
12
5
7
3920
2920
K
F
E
G
3910
3910
9350
KEY/ENTER SWITCH
2740
2740
D
C
C404
C405
C406
C103
A B
A B
A B
HARNESS 6718912
3900
B1
C2
C1
B3
B2
3900
3910
A3
F2
D3
C3
9350
3920
2900
1200
1900
F3
E1
F1
E2
A1
A2
9340
9100
9200
E3
A3
3920
4320
4310
4310
4920
4920
G
E
4930
4930
4500
4810
BRAKE SW
IN
A3
B3
1400
4820
BRAKE SW
OUT
J
H
A
RNG
A3
K1
4500
C3
D3
D2
9400
9400
1480
H
J
A
H
J
A
RNG
C
B
G
C
B
G
F
9400
4830
EHC INPUT
C3
D3
4840
EHC OUTPUT
E3
9410
4360
4330
SPOOL LOCK
F3
G3
4430
TRACTION HOLD
4200
4350
4420
TWO SPEED
H3
J3
4470
4450
REAR BLEED
4940
1490
4840
4840
4830
4820
4820
4810
4810
4430
4440
F
K
4450
F3
H2
H3
4360
G3
4200
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4330
4340
4410
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4420
B
D
A
2430
9800
2090
2440
4460
2460
A
B
A
B
2450
RNG/DBL
RNG/WHT
A
B
C417
2480
A
B
4490
2490
A
B
A
B
A
B
11 ohm nominal
at 14 VDC
B
FRONT ROD
4330
2330
C418
2390
B
FRONT BASE
2340
A
B
C419
4340
2200
A
B
30
85
30
85
85
1160
1150
30
4380
2380
UNSW
POWER
1030
1010
1060
1310
15A
FUSE 3
25A
FUSE 9
30A
FUSE 5
25A
FUSE 4
A
B
A
B
4420
A
B
A
B
1070
1050
1300
100A
15A
FUSE 2
BUCKET POSITION
2420
BATTERY
30A
FUSE 6
1130
1120
2370
C420
4100
4150
TRACTION
LOCK
86 87 87A
1110
87A 87 86
4110
8510
8550
8500
8210
8200
6210
85
87A 87 86
A
B
C422
30
GLOW
PLUG
STARTER
A
B
A
B
C423
85
REAR
LIGHT
87A 87 86
A
B
2200
A
C
4100
4200
C425
30
6200
6310
6000
6300
6320
8110
85
87A 87 86
4370
2050
2060
1360
30
MARKE
R LIGHT
1060
2030
2040
85
87A 87 86
2060
30
8100
8150
FUEL PULL
87A 87 86
1030
SWITCHED
POWER
1320
2010
2020
FUSE 10
25A
1330
2020
2030
FUSE 1
FUSE 12
25A
1350
2040
2050
HEATER
25A
ATTACHMENT
1710
2410
1055
1050
2000
2010
1140
2110
USED IN AHC
AHC POWER
EQUIPPED LOADERS
ONLY
4410
FUSE 11
25A
1700
2120
8000
1800
1720
2300
C421
2000
2710
C424
2370
2720
2380
2730
HORN
1710
1160
A
B
C416
4450
YELLOW TIE STRAP
2410
2740
TURN
SIGNAL
YEL
2420
2390
BRN
DGN
DIVERTER
1720
2720
1150
1700
1140
2730
2100
2490
PADDLE
MOMENTARY
YEL/RED
HIGH FLOW
4480
2710
B A
SKI
CONTROL
BLU
REAR BASE
4440
9500
B A D C
WHT
YEL/LGN
C
E
120 ohm
C426
2330
LEFT HANDLE
REAR ROD
4430
D C B A G F E
2340
SKI
CONTROL
K
E
D
E
D
4460
4470
9600
C402
YEL
LGN
1450
4830
J3
F2
F1
H1
9700
2430
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
C401
DETENT
DGN
4940
G1
J1
J2
9800
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
2400
RIGHT
ROCKER
UP
LGN/WHT
1400
2480
2450
PWM
WHT/BLK
B3
C2
B2
A2
G2
K3
OPEN
FRONT ROD
F2
G2
REAR ROD
BUCKET
POSITION
H2
J2
DIVERTER
FUTURE
(SERIAL RIGHT)
K2
9700
9600
9500
1110
1120
1130
4150
F
G
E
D C B A G F E
2460
WHT/RED
C1
D1
4730
6300
6600
D
C
WHT
K
J
H
8250
GROUNDS
4910
4910
K3
H2
G2
G3
A1
A2
A3
K1
K2
J1
J2
D2
E2
F1
4110
2110
8510
2100
8550
8210
6210
8110
6320
E F H G C B A D
8150
C427
8250
C407
B
D
C
BRAKE SWITCH
4320
4310
PWM SIGNAL
LH AUX RIGHT
A2
B2
C2
D2
LH AUX LEFT
LH SKI DOWN
LH SKI UP
E2
PWM -
A1
RH TWO SPEED
4910
4920
RH FRONT
DETENT
B1
C1
4930
RH SKI DOWN
RH SKI UP
D1
E1
PWM +
4940
4340
FRONT BASE
F1
G1
REAR BASE
4440
4410
BICS LOCK
H1
J1
4460
HIGH FLOW
FUTURE
(SERIAL LEFT)
K1
H3
E3
D3
B1
B2
J3
B3
G1
D1
E1
H1
C3
C2
F3
F2
4320
E2
2090
2010
8200
6000
6500
6400
4300
8000
STARTER
B
1010
ENGINE
ALTERNATOR
J3
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4730
1800
2010
8800
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
EXC
H3
C1
S
BAT
4300
B1
K2
ALTERNATOR
1020
1010
CAB
B3
C3
D3
E3
9340
F3
2900
D2
9200
OPEN
SYSTEM Rx
E2
9350
KEY/ENTER
SWITCH
HEADLIGHT
SWITCH
F2
OPEN
GROUND
9100
1900
D1
E1
F1
1200
SYSTEM Tx
COMPUTER
POWER
PROTECTED
POWER
E3
F3
6320
6210
MARKER LT
RELAY
G3
RESERVED
(R TURN)
700 SERIES
4730
TRAVEL
CONTROL
9800
4300
A2
3910
SEATBAR
SENSOR SIGNAL
SEATBAR SENSOR
GROUND
B2
OPEN
OPEN
C2
OPEN
OPEN
3900
SEATBAR SENSOR
SUPPLY
A1
B1
OPEN
OPEN
A3
1130
1120
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (3)
B3
2100
2110
GROUND
C3
8150
8110
FUEL PULL
FEEDBACK
D3
8510
4110
GLOW PLUG
RELAY
J2
WHITE
J3
F1
F2
G2
SPARE OUTPUT 2
K3
1800
SEAT
BAR
E1
E3
A1
8550
4150
GLOW PLUG
FEEDBACK
A2
A1
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (2)
1110
B1
B2
C2
D2
E2
OPEN
GROUND
C1
8800
FUEL HOLD
D1
BRAKE PULL
FUEL PULL RELAY
RELAY
STARTER RELAY
8210
E1
8250
BRAKE PULL
FEEDBACK
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (1)
3430
D3
C1
A3
3300
A2
SPARE DIGITIAL
IN 1
3200
HYD TEMP
SENDER
B3
C3
3420
SPARE
DIGITAL IN 2
A1
B1
3100
B2
C2
C1
3400
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
OPEN
8100
8100
REAR WKLT
RELAY
E
A
6310
J4
9700
6200
9600
8250
8200
3910
RIGHT HANDLE
J4
WHITE
CAN SHIELD
8200
2800
8250
H2
8800
C
B
8500
K1
C
B
8800
CAN HIGH
PULL
C101
HOLD
1800
T
U
G
D
S
N
J2
E
A
D
8100
D3
A2
6600
K2
8800
8500
6500
2000
3920
K3
J3
BLACK
G1
HR
G
T
6400
RESERVED
(L TURN)
8500
A1
E3
A3
F1
3430
H1
GLOW PLUGS
0.4 ohm
2300
8000
3430
B
J
W
P
V
ATTACHMENT
KEY INPUT
3430
3410
J1
2300
3420
SPARE OUTPUT 1
3400
3420
9500
B
H
D
3400
3520
H
X
B
J
3420
ENG SPEED +
(hall)
3400
B3
C1
C2
E3
3310
3300
3700
E
G
A
C
F
H
X
HYD CHARGE
FILTER SIGNAL
STARTER
FEEDBACK
H
D
3420
3300
RESERVED
(HORN)
3430
3400
3300
ACCESSORY
RELAY OUTPUT
3410
G
A
C
B
3600
RESERVED
(ATT ACC)
3310
C102
F
E
3300
B2
E1
F3
C3
F3
3200
3520
3010
HARNESS 6715975
C
M
OPEN
3600
HYD FILTER
K
L
J3
J1
BLACK
D2
3200
E2
D1
D2
E2
K
L
C
M
3520
3610
C403
3600
3500
F2
3700
3500
D1
3100
3210
F2
B1
3500
ENG OIL
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
3010
3200
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE +
J1
ENG OIL
PRESSURE +
6600
ENGINE COOLANT
SENDER
500-3000 30 ohm
E1
6500
7100
3600
3510
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
6400
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (vr)
R
W
P
V
7100
3520
F1
3500
OPEN
J4
J2
J1
SENSOR
GROUNDS
6200
A
C
3010
3710
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (hall)
+
ENG OIL PRESSURE
SENDER 0.5-7.5 V
D2
D1
J2
3110
N
S
6310
CAN LOW
3100
3110
3710
3700
7100
HARNESS 6718871
MAIN
FRAME
GROUND
2910
2920
2930
2900
6310
6200
6500
7100
6400
6600
2600
ENGINE
PROTECTED POWER
C409
B F G D E C H A
MAIN FRAME
COMPUTER POWER
C410
A B
SYSTEM Tx
C412 C411
A B
CLOCK/LATCH
C413
6200
7100
6310
2600
TO OPTIONS
(BACKUP
ALARM SWITCH)
RIGHT PANEL
9340
B F G D E C H A
2440
BUZZER
6100
START
3900
2650
8
11
10
C414
BACKUP
ALARM
START
C415
2630
7100
SYSTEM Tx
9100
-B
SYSTEM Rx
9330
2900
LEFT WORK
LIGHT
PROTECTED POWER
9200
9200
6200
6210
2620
6100
C408
2640
RIGHT
WORK
LIGHT
GROUND
2930
LEFT
TAILLIGHT
2760
FRONT WORKLIGHTS
1210
FUSE 5
2750
2740
C435
C434
A
C
HOLD
PULL
WHT TO BLK =
0.26 ohm
RED TO BLK=
10.9 ohm
1040
Printed in U.S.A.
V-0001 (3-3-04)
2760
A
B
6120
HEADLIGHTS
COMPUTER POWER
9110
F
K
H
9300
CLOCK/LATCH
9310
DATA
9330
B
J
9320
BUZZER
1210
25A
FUSE 12
25A
9320
BUZZER
6210
AIR FILTER
SWITCH
FUEL SENDER
20-270 ohm
A B
A B
B F G D E C H A
C404
C405
C406
C103
A B
A B
A B
9310
9300
9120
B
A
H
DATA
2900
1900
1200
9220
12
5
7
9350
1920
3900
1220
3920
12
5
7
3920
2920
3910
3910
9350
2740
2740
MAIN FRAME
HARNESS 6718913
3900
3910
9350
3920
2900
1200
1900
9340
9100
9200
3100
3110
3710
3700
7100
B3
POWER FROM
FUSE 12
ON THIS PAGE
2000
3900
3920
3910
C432
ON THIS PAGE
RIGHT HANDLE
B1
K2
C1
D1
4930
4930
4940
4940
J
H
B3
1400
1490
A3
K1
4500
1480
1450
BRAKE SWITCH
D2
C2
B2
A2
4840
4840
4830
4830
4820
4820
4810
4810
G2
G1
J1
4430
J2
J3
F2
F1
4450
H1
F3
H2
4410
4440
PNK/BLK
WHT
WHT/RED
PWM
WHT/BLK
RIGHT
ROCKER
UP
LGN/WHT
DGN
YEL
H
A
RNG
H
J
A
H
J
A
RNG
C
B
G
C
B
G
F
F
K
DETENT
SKI
CONTROL
LGN
C411
4340
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
C412
4330
4360
4420
LEFT HANDLE
WHT
SKI
CONTROL
DBL
YEL/DGN
PADDLE
MOMENTARY
YEL/RED
K
E
D
4470
A
E
C
BRN
TURN
SIGNAL
YEL
DGN
D
B
A
RNG/DBL
RNG/WHT
BRN/RED
BRN/DGN
BRN/BLK
HORN
4200
A
C
4430
2430
4440
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
LIFT
CONTROL
REAR ROD
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
B
REAR BASE
9800
C426
WHITE TIE STRAP
D C B A G F E
2440
1710
1160
B A
2330
2710
4460
9500
B A D C
TILT
CONTROL
PNK/DGN
G
E
K
E
D
4460
9600
C402
PNK/RED
120 ohm
9700
C401
C409
F
G
E
K
AHC
CONNECTOR
CONNECTS TO
C433
ON THIS PAGE
9800
2400
2430
2340
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
B
D
C
B
D
C
4920
K3
H2
9700
9600
4310
4500
4810
BRAKE SW
IN
A3
B3
4820
BRAKE SW
OUT
1400
9400
4830
EHC INPUT
C3
F3
4330
4360
4200
4430
F2
G2
G3
H3
4350
4420
TWO SPEED
J3
4470
K3
4450
REAR BLEED
OPEN
FRONT ROD
REAR ROD
H2
J2
K2
BUCKET
POSITION
DIVERTER
FUTURE
(SERIAL RIGHT)
F1
4340
FRONT BASE
G1
4440
REAR BASE
H1
J1
K1
4410
BICS LOCK
HIGH FLOW
FUTURE
(SERIAL LEFT)
A3
K1
K2
9500
1110
1120
4150
1130
G2
G3
A1
A2
J1
J2
D2
E2
F1
4110
2110
8510
4320
4310
4910
H3
G3
E3
D3
B1
B2
G1
8550
2100
J3
B3
D1
8210
6210
8110
6320
H1
C3
C2
F3
F2
8150
8250
8000
C1
E1
H3
4300
4320
D C B A G F E
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
A
C
B
9410
4840
EHC OUTPUT
D3
E3
4320
4310
PWM SIGNAL
LH AUX RIGHT
A2
B2
C2
D2
LH AUX LEFT
LH SKI DOWN
LH SKI UP
E2
PWM -
4910
A1
B1
4920
RH FRONT
DETENT
C1
4930
RH SKI DOWN
D1
RH SKI UP
E1
4940
D3
E3
9340
F3
2900
D2
9200
SYSTEM Rx
OPEN
E2
9350
KEY/ENTER
SWITCH
HEADLIGHT
SWITCH
F2
9100
1900
1200
OPEN
D1
E1
F1
PWM +
4300
RH TWO SPEED
C3
4460
F3
6320
G3
6210
MARKER LT
RELAY
RESERVED
(R TURN)
H3
4730
9800
TRAVEL
CONTROL
J3
F2
G2
700 SERIES
4300
4920
4730
6300
AHC
CONNECTOR
CONNECTS TO
C432
ON THIS PAGE
4910
2090
2480
2440
C433
ON THIS PAGE
9400
E F H G C B A D
6600
GROUNDS
2450
C A B
L HANDLE
CAB
A1
8250
2460
C A B
R HANDLE
C432 C433
CONNECTS TO CONNECTS TO
SEAT
BAR
9410
2090
6000
C427
C407
2010
8200
6500
6400
ENGINE
ALTERNATOR
STARTER
B
1010
4730
1800
2010
J3
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
EXC
8800
S
BAT
OPEN
C433
A3
3910
A2
SEATBAR
SENSOR SIGNAL
SEATBAR SENSOR
GROUND
3920
B2
OPEN
OPEN
C2
OPEN
OPEN
3900
SEATBAR SENSOR
SUPPLY
A1
B1
OPEN
OPEN
SYSTEM Tx
COMPUTER
POWER
PROTECTED
POWER
A3
1130
1120
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (3)
B3
2100
2110
GROUND
C3
8150
8110
FUEL PULL
FEEDBACK
8510
4110
GLOW PLUG
RELAY
D3
E3
8550
4150
GLOW PLUG
FEEDBACK
A1
1110
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (2)
A2
B2
B1
C2
D2
E2
OPEN
GROUND
C1
8800
FUEL PULL
RELAY
FUEL HOLD
D1
8210
STARTER RELAY
3430
BRAKE PULL
RELAY
E1
8250
BRAKE PULL
FEEDBACK
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (1)
D3
3520
E3
C1
A3
3300
A2
SPARE DIGITIAL
IN 1
3200
HYD TEMP
SENDER
B3
C3
3420
SPARE
DIGITAL IN 2
A1
B1
3100
B2
C2
C1
1800
8100
H2
8100
OPEN
E
A
6310
SPARE OUTPUT 2
8250
J4
WHITE
K3
8200
J2
WHITE
ALTERNATOR
1020
1010
KEY/ENTER SWITCH
K3
J4
9700
8800
2800
6200
9600
A
C
B
8200
CAN SHIELD
PULL
8250
CAN HIGH
A
C
B
HOLD
C101
8500
J2
A
D
U
1800
8800
K2
8100
T
U
G
D
S
N
F1
8800
8500
6600
D3
C3
E1
E3
E2
J3
BLACK
REAR WKLT
RELAY
HR
G
T
E
6500
A1
E3
A3
F1
D3
A2
G1
8500
3430
6400
RESERVED
(L TURN)
GLOW PLUGS
0.4 ohm
3430
H1
3430
2300
8000
H
D
B
J
W
P
V
B3
C1
C2
ATTACHMENT
KEY INPUT
B
J
3420
ENG SPEED +
(hall)
3430
3410
3400
3420
3700
2300
3420
3300
3400
J1
3400
3300
SPARE OUTPUT 1
3430
A
C
B
3420
F
H
X
K1
C
B
H
F
H
X
9500
3410
3400
CAN LOW
3420
3300
3310
STARTER
FEEDBACK
3400
3300
RESERVED
(HORN)
-B
F
E
G
ACCESSORY
RELAY OUTPUT
F
E
G
A
RESERVED
(ATT ACC)
3310
HYD CHARGE
FILTER SIGNAL
3300
C102
t
HYD TEMP SENDER
538-1824 30 ohm
J3
F3
3600
3010
3600
HARNESS 6715975
B2
E1
F3
C3
OPEN
C
M
3200
D2
3520
3200
E2
3520
C
M
F2
3600
K
L
J2
J1
BLACK
D1
3200
HYD FILTER
K
L
E2
D1
D2
3500
ENG OIL
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
3520
3610
C403
3500
3600
SPEED SENSOR (VR)
3500
ENG OIL
PRESSURE +
3700
3500
E1
3100
3210
3600
3200
F2
B1
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
3010
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (vr)
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE +
J1
P
V
6500
3400
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
7100
F1
6400
6600
ENGINE COOLANT
SENDER
500-3000 30 ohm
R
W
7100
SENSOR
GROUNDS
3510
3520
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (hall)
6200
3500
J1
3710
GROUND
3010
A
C
GROUND
J4
3110
N
S
6310
SYSTEM Rx
PROTECTED POWER
C432
B1
C2
C1
B3
B2
A3
F2
D3
C3
F3
E1
F1
E2
A1
A2
E3
J2
D2
D1
HARNESS 6718871
SYSTEM Tx
COMPUTER POWER
6310
6200
6500
7100
6400
6600
2600
ENGINE
MAIN
FRAME
CLOCK/LATCH
2910
2920
2930
2900
B F G D E C H A
D
C
1740
9350
K
F
E
G
C413
6200
7100
TO OPTIONS
(BACKUP
ALARM
SWITCH)
6310
2600
2650
9100
2
1
C431
C414
BACKUP
ALARM
9
4
3900
7100
START
K H J C D E B A G F
C415
2630
9340
1200
9100
2900
LEFT WORK
LIGHT
9330
C408
6200
6210
9200
A B
1900
9200
2620
6100
11
10
9
4
2
9340
RIGHT
WORK
LIGHT
C430
RIGHT PANEL
8
11
10
1730
6100
K H J C D E B A G F
A B
2930
6330
4600
ACC PLUGS
25A
4610
COMPUTER
START
4620
STARTER
4620
FUSE 4
TRACTION
PULL
4700
6320
FUEL
PULL
4710
4700
REAR LT
SYSTEM Tx
4710
25A
GLOW
PLUG
C407
ATTCHMNT
FUSE 11
15A
FUSE
8
FUSE 10
15A
9400
FR & MK LT
7 8
SYSTEM Rx
4720
2610
FUSE 2
FUSE 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
4720
30A
FUSE
7
9210
9410
2600
2620
25A
SWITCH
POWER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROTECTED POWER
4580
FUEL PULL
2630
REAR
LIGHT
1910
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
UNSWITCHED
FRONT &
MARKER
LIGHT
C429
LIFT ACTUATOR
C410
2640
25A
FUSE 6
2640
HARNESS 6716419
LEFT
TAILLIGHT
HEATER
LIFT ACTUATOR
TILT ACTUATOR
GROUND
2240
2650
FUSE 9
FUSE 1
30A
6100
TAILGATE/
WORK LIGHTS
2610
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C428
D
G
E
9340
2910
RIGHT
TAILLIGHT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TILT ACTUATOR
TRACTION
BLK
2760
LEFT PANEL
FUSE 5
RED
6110
BLK
A
B
RED
6120
2750
4600
B
A
4610
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
6110
B
A
DGN
2750
BLK
2760
FRONT WORKLIGHTS
RED
2750
2740
BLK
FRONT LIGHT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTORS
HARNESS 6718870
RED
DGN
C435
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
B
A
S/N 517611001-15809
S/N 518011001-11504
S/N 519011001-13962
S/N 519211001-11117
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0002
CAB
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
C434
2460
4450
YELLOW TIE STRAP
2450
A
B
C416
1720
2420
2720
1150
1700
2490
1140
DIVERTER
2730
2100
A
B
2480
A
B
C417
A
B
4490
2490
C424
4330
2330
C418
4340
A
B
C419
2390
A
B
A
B
C420
2410
A
B
4480
2390
GREEN TIE STRAP
2240
2200
2000
2300
1030
1010
1060
1310
85
30
85
30
85
4100
30
85
85
2340
1130
30
4410
2410
UNSW
POWER
25A
FUSE 9
15A
FUSE 2
15A
FUSE 3
30A
FUSE 5
25A
FUSE 4
4420
2420
30A
FUSE 6
1120
86 87 87A
1110
87A 87 86
1160
1150
4150
4110
8510
8550
8500
8210
8200
6200
6210
6310
6000
6300
30
87A 87 86
A
B
C423
85
TRACTION
LOCK
GLOW
PLUG
STARTER
87A 87 86
A
B
2200
A
C
4100
4200
C425
1050
1300
100A
30
REAR
LIGHT
87A 87 86
1070
85
MARKE
R LIGHT
B
FRONT BASE
2050
2060
1360
30
87A 87 86
1060
2030
2040
HEATER
25A
FUSE 1
FUEL PULL
2060
SWITCHED
POWER
87A 87 86
1030
FUSE 10
25A
1320
2010
2020
ATTACHMENT
1710
1055
FUSE 12
25A
6320
AHC POWER
1730
1330
2020
2030
GOES TO
ADVANCED HAND
CONTROL MODULE
ON THIS PAGE
8110
1140
2110
8100
8150
1700
2710
1350
2040
2050
2120
2720
11 ohm nominal
at 14 VDC
B
FRONT ROD
FUSE 11
25A
8000
1800
1720
2730
1050
2000
2010
2740
A
C
HOLD
PULL
WHT TO BLK =
0.26 ohm
RED TO BLK=
10.9 ohm
1040
Printed in U.S.A.
V-0002 (3-3-04)
2760
6110
6120
2760
D
G
E
HEADLIGHTS
COMPUTER POWER
9110
F
K
H
9300
CLOCK/LATCH
9310
DATA
9330
B
J
9320
BUZZER
9340
2910
25A
FUSE 12
6674804 rev. B
6676153 HIBBING
ECN 54429
9320
BUZZER
6210
AIR FILTER
SWITCH
FUEL SENDER
20-270 ohm
9350
3920
12
5
7
3920
2920
3910
3910
9350
2740
2740
3900
7100
A B
A B
B F G D E C H A
C404
C405
C406
C103
A B
A B
A B
9
4
9100
9310
9300
1900
9120
B
A
H
DATA
2900
2
1
1200
9220
12
5
7
9350
1920
3900
1220
MAIN FRAME
HARNESS 6727130
3900
3910
9350
3920
2900
1200
1900
9340
9100
9200
3100
3110
3710
3700
7100
B3
3920
3910
2000
C432
ON THIS PAGE
4940
B3
1400
4940
1490
4500
1450
BRAKE SWITCH
D2
C2
B2
A2
4840
4840
4830
4830
4820
4820
4810
4810
G2
G1
J1
4430
J2
J3
F2
F1
4450
H1
F3
H2
4410
4440
4460
4640
4470
4340
4360
6675469
Push botton Float
WHT
PWM
WHT/BLK
RIGHT
ROCKER
UP
LGN/WHT
DGN
YEL
H
A
RNG
H
J
A
H
J
A
RNG
C
B
G
C
B
G
F
DETENT
SKI
CONTROL
LGN
F
K
LEFT HANDLE
WHT
SKI
CONTROL
DBL
YEL/DGN
PADDLE
MOMENTARY
YEL/RED
K
E
D
E
D
A
E
C
6675749
No Rev.
BRN
TURN
SIGNAL
YEL
DGN
D
B
A
RNG/DBL
RNG/WHT
BRN/RED
BRN/DGN
BRN/BLK
HORN
4200
AHC
CONNECTOR
CONNECTS TO
C433
ON THIS PAGE
A
C
4430
2430
4440
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
LIFT
CONTROL
REAR ROD
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
B
REAR BASE
9800
D C B A G F E
2440
1710
1160
B A
2330
2710
4460
9500
B A D C
WHT/RED
J
H
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4420
C426
9600
C402
B
D
C
TILT
CONTROL
PNK/BLK
G
E
K
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4330
9700
C401
PNK/DGN
PNK/RED
120 ohm
9800
2400
2430
2340
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
C409
A3
BRAKE SW
IN
4810
G
E
K
4500
1400
4820
BRAKE SW
OUT
B3
C3
9400
EHC INPUT
4830
D C B A G F E
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
A
C
B
9410
4840
EHC OUTPUT
D3
E3
F3
4330
4360
4200
4430
G3
H3
4350
4420
TWO SPEED
J3
F2
G2
4910
K3
H2
9700
9600
4310
4910
1480
4470
K3
4450
REAR BLEED
OPEN
FRONT ROD
REAR ROD
H2
J2
K2
BUCKET
POSITION
DIVERTER
FUTURE
(SERIAL RIGHT)
F1
4340
FRONT BASE
G1
4440
REAR BASE
H1
4410
BICS LOCK
J1
K1
4460
HIGH FLOW
FUTURE
(SERIAL LEFT)
A3
K1
K2
9500
1110
1120
4150
1130
G2
G3
A1
A2
J1
J2
D2
E2
F1
4110
4310
B
D
C
4930
A3
K1
4320
4310
PWM SIGNAL
A2
LH AUX RIGHT
LH AUX LEFT
B2
C2
LH SKI DOWN
LH SKI UP
D2
E2
PWM -
4910
A1
B1
4920
RH FRONT
DETENT
C1
4930
RH SKI DOWN
D1
4940
RH SKI UP
E1
PWM +
4300
RH TWO SPEED
C3
D3
E3
9340
F3
2900
D2
9200
SYSTEM Rx
OPEN
E2
9350
KEY/ENTER
SWITCH
HEADLIGHT
SWITCH
F2
OPEN
GROUND
9100
1900
1200
D1
E1
F1
2110
8510
4320
4920
H3
G3
E3
D3
B1
B2
G1
8550
2100
J3
B3
D1
8210
6210
8110
6320
H1
C3
C2
F3
F2
8150
8250
8000
H3
C1
E1
8800
4300
4320
4930
4730
6300
4300
4920
2090
2480
2440
C433
ON THIS PAGE
RIGHT HANDLE
AHC
CONNECTOR
CONNECTS TO
C432
ON THIS PAGE
C1
D1
E F H G C B A D
6600
GROUNDS
2450
C A B
L HANDLE
CAB
B1
K2
8250
2460
C A B
R HANDLE
C432 C433
CONNECTS TO CONNECTS TO
SEAT
BAR
9400
2090
6000
C427
C407
2010
8200
6500
6400
ENGINE
ALTERNATOR
STARTER
J3
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
1800
2010
4730
EXC
C
B
C410
A3
3910
A2
SEATBAR
SENSOR SIGNAL
SEATBAR SENSOR
GROUND
3920
B2
OPEN
OPEN
C2
OPEN
OPEN
A1
B1
3900
SEATBAR SENSOR
SUPPLY
OPEN
OPEN
SYSTEM Tx
COMPUTER
POWER
PROTECTED
POWER
A3
1130
1120
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (3)
B3
2100
2110
GROUND
C3
8150
8110
FUEL PULL
FEEDBACK
8510
4110
GLOW PLUG
RELAY
D3
E3
F3
G3
6320
MARKER LT
RELAY
RESERVED
(R TURN)
6210
9800
H3
4730
TRAVEL
CONTROL
F2
OPEN
1800
1010
3900
16
8550
4150
GLOW PLUG
FEEDBACK
A1
1110
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (2)
A2
B2
B1
C2
D2
E2
OPEN
GROUND
C1
8800
FUEL PULL
RELAY
FUEL HOLD
D1
8210
STARTER RELAY
3430
BRAKE PULL
RELAY
E1
8250
BRAKE PULL
FEEDBACK
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (1)
D3
3520
ENG SPEED +
(hall)
E3
3700
HYD CHARGE
FILTER SIGNAL
D2
C1
A3
3300
A2
SPARE DIGITIAL
IN 1
3200
HYD TEMP
SENDER
B3
C3
3420
SPARE
DIGITAL IN 2
A1
B1
3100
B2
C2
C1
3400
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
6310
G2
8100
6200
H2
E
A
8200
700 SERIES
J3
8250
8250
SPARE OUTPUT 2
8200
8100
J2
WHITE
J4
WHITE
K3
8800
2800
BAT
OPEN
9410
A1
ALTERNATOR
1020
1010
KEY/ENTER SWITCH
K3
J4
9700
A
C
8500
9600
8800
CAN SHIELD
A
C
PULL
T
U
G
D
S
N
CAN HIGH
HOLD
C101
6600
D3
C3
E1
E3
E2
J3
BLACK
J2
A
D
U
1800
6500
A1
E3
A3
F1
D3
A2
K2
G
T
E
8100
3430
6400
F1
8800
8500
3430
REAR WKLT
RELAY
8500
HR
2300
G1
GLOW PLUGS
0.4 ohm
B
J
W
P
V
B3
C1
C2
RESERVED
(L TURN)
3430
3420
H1
3430
3410
3400
3420
8000
2300
3420
3300
3400
ATTACHMENT
KEY INPUT
3400
3300
J1
B
H
D
F
H
X
SPARE OUTPUT 1
X
B
J
K1
H
D
F
H
3420
9500
3430
3400
STARTER
FEEDBACK
A
C
B
3420
3300
3310
3600
CAN LOW
3410
3400
3300
3600
J1
BLACK
B2
E1
F3
C3
RESERVED
(HORN)
-B
F
E
G
A
C
3200
ACCESSORY
RELAY OUTPUT
A
C
F
E
G
3520
3200
RESERVED
(ATT ACC)
3310
3500
3520
J3
F3
3300
3500
C
M
3010
REV. A
t
HYD TEMP SENDER
538-1824 30 ohm
C102
HARNESS 6715975
GROUND
J4
J2
OPEN
3600
HYD FILTER
K
L
E2
L
C
M
3200
F2
3520
3610
E2
D1
D2
D1
3500
3600
SPEED SENSOR (VR)
C403
3700
3500
ENG OIL
PRESSURE
SIGNAL
3100
3210
F2
B1
ENG OIL
PRESSURE +
3010
3200
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE +
J1
E1
6500
7100
3600
6400
6600
ENGINE COOLANT
SENDER
500-3000 30 ohm
R
W
P
V
7100
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
3510
3520
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (vr)
3500
J1
F1
A
C
3010
3710
SENSOR
GROUNDS
6200
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL (hall)
SYSTEM Rx
PROTECTED POWER
C432
B1
C2
C1
B3
B2
A3
F2
D3
C3
F3
E1
F1
E2
A1
A2
E3
D2
D1
J2
3110
N
S
6310
SYSTEM Tx
COMPUTER POWER
6310
6200
6500
7100
6400
6600
2600
MAIN
FRAME
B C D E A G F
POWER FROM
FUSE 12
ON THIS PAGE
Rev. A
Rev. F
HARNESS 6718871
D
C
CLOCK/LATCH
2910
2920
2930
2900
B F G D E C H A
ENGINE
K
F
E
G
C433
6200
7100
TO OPTIONS
(BACKUP
ALARM
SWITCH)
6310
2600
2650
START
C413
BACKUP
ALARM
1740
9330
C414
2630
9200
K H J
C415
LEFT WORK
LIGHT
9340
1200
9100
2900
C408
6200
6210
2620
C431
A B
1900
9200
C430
RIGHT PANEL
6100
11
10
9
4
2
9340
RIGHT
WORK
LIGHT
8
11
10
1730
6100
K H J B C D E A G F
A B
2930
6330
4600
25A
4610
ACC PLUGS
25A
4600
COMPUTER
START
4710
STARTER
4700
FUSE 4
TRACTION
PULL
4620
FUEL
PULL
GLOW
PLUG
4700
4720
REAR LT
SYSTEM Tx
C411
2640
25A
15A
C407
ATTCHMNT
FUSE 11
REV. B
6320
FUSE 10
15A
C412
LEFT
TAILLIGHT
FR & MK LT
4710
2610
FUSE 2
FUSE 3
7 8
SYSTEM Rx
4720
30A
FUSE
7
1 2 3 4 5 6
4640
2600
2620
9210
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PROTECTED POWER
9400
FUEL PULL
2630
25A
SWITCH
POWER
LIFT ACTUATOR
9410
FUSE 6
2640
REAR
LIGHT
1910
CONNECTS TO
C407
ON THIS PAGE
UNSWITCHED
FRONT &
MARKER
LIGHT
C429
TILT ACTUATOR
GROUND
4580
25A
LIFT ACTUATOR
C428
2240
HEATER
30A
6100
2650
FUSE 9
FUSE 1
TRACTION
FUSE
8
2610
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TILT ACTUATOR
TAILGATE/
WORK LIGHTS
RIGHT
TAILLIGHT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LEFT PANEL
FUSE 5
BLK
A
B
RED
A
B
1210
HARNESS 6716419
M
2750
4620
6120
B
A
4610
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
6110
B
A
BLK
2750
RED
2760
FRONT WORKLIGHTS
DGN
2750
2740
BLK
FRONT LIGHT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTORS
Rev. C
RED
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
B
A
CAB
HARNESS 6718870
BLK
RED
DGN
C435
S/N 517615810-17999
S/N 518011505-11999
S/N 518111001-11999
ECN
S/N 519013963-15999 54429
S/N 519211118-11999
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0066
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
C434
2460
4450
YELLOW TIE STRAP
2450
A
B
C416
1720
2420
2720
1150
1700
2490
1140
DIVERTER
2730
2100
A
B
2480
A
B
C417
A
B
4490
2490
C424
4330
2330
C418
4340
A
B
C419
2390
A
B
A
B
C420
2410
A
B
4480
2390
15
2240
2200
2000
2300
1010
1030
1060
1310
85
30
85
30
85
4100
30
85
85
2340
1130
30
4410
2410
UNSW
POWER
25A
FUSE 9
15A
FUSE 2
15A
FUSE 3
30A
FUSE 5
25A
FUSE 4
4420
2420
30A
FUSE 6
1120
86 87 87A
1110
87A 87 86
1160
1150
4150
4110
8510
8550
8500
8210
8200
6200
6210
6310
6000
6300
30
87A 87 86
A
B
C423
85
TRACTION
LOCK
GLOW
PLUG
STARTER
87A 87 86
A
B
2200
A
C
4100
4200
C425
1050
1300
26
100A
30
REAR
LIGHT
87A 87 86
1070
85
MARKE
R LIGHT
B
FRONT BASE
2050
2060
1360
30
87A 87 86
1060
2030
2040
HEATER
25A
FUSE 1
FUEL PULL
2060
SWITCHED
POWER
87A 87 86
1030
FUSE 10
25A
1320
2010
2020
ATTACHMENT
1710
1055
FUSE 12
25A
6320
AHC POWER
1730
1330
2020
2030
GOES TO
ADVANCED HAND
CONTROL MODULE
ON THIS PAGE
8110
1140
2110
8100
8150
1700
2710
1350
2040
2050
2120
2720
11 ohm nominal
at 14 VDC
B
FRONT ROD
FUSE 11
25A
8000
1800
1720
2730
1050
2000
2010
2740
A
C
HOLD
PULL
WHT TO BLK =
0.26 ohm
RED TO BLK=
10.9 ohm
1040
Printed in U.S.A.
V-0066 (3-3-04)
2740
1900
1200
9350
3900
3920
3910
R
B
1200
L
G
K
N
L
G
K
N
3900
DATA
A
B
7.7 ohm
PWM
START
2770
9310
9300
9220
C
B
3920
3910
9120
SEAT BAR
SENSOR
1920
1220
2910
2920
2930
9
14
9350
CAB
2920
MAIN
FRAME
2000
2740
J
B
START
A
K
H
CLOCK/LATCH
F
E
D
G
COMPUTER POWER
DATA
A
B
9.7 ohm
12V
SYSTEM Rx
SYSTEM Tx
14
2380
A
B
A
B
RUN/ENTER SWITCH
GROUND
4450
2450
C413
7.5 ohm
12V
4490
2490
11 ohm
12V
4410
A
B
4480
GREEN TIE STRAP
2410
A
B
7.5 ohm
12V
4380
2480
FRONT ROD
3.3 ohm
PWM
PROTECTED POWER
A
B
A
B
DIVERTER
2370
BICS HYDRAULIC
LOCK
A
B
9.8 ohm
12V
4460
2330
2460
A
B
A
B
A
B
7.5 ohm
12V
FRONT BASE
OPEN
A
B
3.3 ohm
PWM
C1
B3
B2
B1
A
B
7.7 ohm
PWM
RIGHT PANEL
9330
8
7
4370
BUZZER
2930
A
B
C414
BUZZER
A
B
2440
CLOCK/LATCH
9350
2900
A2
A3
C3
C2
F1
E2
A1
9320
10
1930
BRAKE
SWITCH
6676536
1900
R
B
REAR BASE
4440
SYSTEM Tx
C416
9320
SYSTEM Rx
COMPUTER POWER
11
2770
2750
2760
E3
D2
D1
E1
6120
9330
2740
2400
F2
D3
F3
9310
15
6100
9200
2430
2340
2760
4500
1340
9340
3910
3920
3900
9350
1200
1900
9100
9200
9340
2900
2460
2450
9100
F
S
P
9300
K
A
B
J
7.5 ohm
12V
A
B
4340
2340
7.5 ohm
12V
2330
4840
4830
B3
A3
D1
C1
1400
B1
A1
E2
4920
E3
E1
K1
C3
4320
4820
4810
16
4500
4940
SEE
CONTROL
MODULE
J1 THIS
PAGE
4930
4910
4310
4300
29
B D C G F E K J H A
DBL
4640
4840
WHT
YEL/LGN
YEL/RED
SKI
CTRL
9410
C473
ACS
JUMPER
9420
B A
8500
6000
9400
B A
PULL 0.3 ohm
HR
6600
6500
9420
C407
A
C
E B A D D
B A
C411
C412
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
6400
4730
6300
C
E
S
4275
1700
1140
H
R
B
1150
4550
(ALTERNATOR
& KITS)
FUSE 11
25A
Rev. C
FUSE 2
15A
30
85
FUSE 3
15A
87A 87 86
30
85
30
85
30
85
85
30
FUSE 6
30A
1110
1120
1130
4100
4150
4110
8110
8150
8100
8210
8200
8510
8550
8500
6210
6200
6320
85
TRACTION
LOCK
86 87 87A
4275
M
L
P
4550
N
K
E
4220
9720
32
9620
31
1140
2240
J
C
G
H
1740
9520
30
1160
1070
FUSE 9
25A
(UNSWITCHED
POWER)
FUSE 12
25A
22
1170
(ACS)
D
R
S
120
OHM
RESISTOR
FUSE 5
30A
C492
30
FUEL
PULL
87A 87 86
(COMPUTER)
25A
FUSE 4
85
STARTER
87A 87 86
2050
2060
1360
30
GLOW
PLUG
1350
2040
2050
(ATTACHMENT)
FUSE 10
25A
1710
REAR
LIGHT
87A 87 86
2060
1720
MARKER
LIGHT
87A 87 86
1030
1720
SWITCHED
POWER
87A 87 86
1060
2030
2040
2720
1320
2010
2020
TO OPTIONS
(ACS
CONNECTOR)
1055
6310
1800
1330
2020
2030
C489
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
29
4235
RNG/WHT
6718050 Rev. A
6674450 Rev. B
HORN
TURN SIGNAL
SKI
CTRL
YEL
A
C
4100
SIDE
SHIFT
LEFT HANDLE
BRN
GLOW PLUGS
0.4 ohm
C425
SEE CAB
CONNECTOR
THIS PAGE
TO OPTIONS
(BACKUP
ALARM SWITCH)
2730
L
F
D
C488
2200
4200
A
B
7100
6000
6600
6300
6500
8000
6400
G
C
RNG
YEL
E H J A F G B C K D
RNG
LGN
DGN
WHT/LGN
WHT/BLK
WHT
WHT/RED
9700
9600
9500
9800
1110
1120
1130
4150
4110
2100
2110
8110
8150
8800
8210
8250
8510
8550
6210
6320
8000
4730
C101
HOLD
PULL
Solenoid
6667992
TRACTION LOCK
6310
E
D
4830
C410
E K J H A
RIGHT HANDLE
2600
6200
1050
2000
2010
F
B
H
A
C404
C103
H
A
4820
E H J A F G B C K D
DGN
C109
B D C G F
4810
4240
1480
2520
4940
1490
4930
4910
2530
4920
4310
4320
9410
4200
4230
9400
4220
C110
C423
4460
4420
4300
J4 WHITE
C405
C105
C112 C108
4470
4350
B1
J3
G3
F1
G1
G2
K3
K1
K2
H2
A3
A2
A1
D2
E2
B3
E1
D1
E3
D3
A1
RH TWO SPEED
J2
RH FRONT
DETENT
A2
4910
LH AUX RIGHT
F2
B1
J1
4920
F3
RH SKI DOWN
B2
LH AUX LEFT
H3
H1
RH SKI UP
C1
C107
PWM +
4930
C106
FRONT BASE
C2
LH SKI DOWN
C113
REAR BASE
D1
C104
HYD LOCK
SOLENOID
HIGH FLOW /
900 LOAD SENSE
D2
4940
F
B
2600
A
F
FUSE 9
REAR
LIGHT
SWITCH
POWER
FR & MK LT
25A
FUSE 10
ATTCHMNT
1080
FRONT &
MARKER
LIGHT
UNSWITCHED
1040
HEATER
25A
2710
9710
9610
9510
25A
9800
STARTER
FUSE 12
COMPUTER
ACS
25A
25A
1050
TRACTION
PULL
FUEL
PULL
1160
GLOW
PLUG
1730
FUSE 11
REAR LT
FUSE 8
4450
C2
B2
A2
D3
G3
9.8 ohm
12V
A
B
4430
RIGHT
ROCKER
TWO UP DETENT
SPD
FLOW
J
P
M
FUSE 1
15A
FUSE 4
J1
H3
H2
D2
A
B
PWM
15A
4440
TWO
SPEED?
8100
1150
FUSE 3
A3
1130
G1
J2
J3
8200
2650
30A
B3
2100
4360
2420
8800
(HEATER
) 1
FUSE
25A
FUSE 7
C3
8150
F3
G2
FOR
FUTURE
USE
BUCKET POSITIONING
4420
2800
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
25A
D3
8510
LH SKI UP
7100
A
C
B
1700
FUSE 2
E3
8550
J3
BLAC
K
E1
G3
E2
H3
PWM -
J3
4300
K3
4410
4330
Rev. C
E
D
G
BACKUP
ALARM
G
K
30A
F1
6310
A
C
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY CONNECTOR)
FUEL PULL
F2
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (3)
H1
K3
K2
2350
8250
2610
FUSE 6
4340
8200
B
A
2620
TRACTION
FRONT ROD
B
A
0.3 ohm
2640
FUSE 5
G1
8250
10.9 ohm
2650
2630
G2
6330
4440
2640
REAR ROD
LEFT
TAILLIGHT
H1
6200
6320
H2
FUEL
SHUTOFF
1800
EXCITATION
6210
2610
4410
6210
BUCKET
POSITION
2630
RIGHT
TAILLIGHT
J1
LEFT
WORKLIGHT
J2
6200
4460
2600
2620
DIVERTER
K1
GROUND
A3
FUEL PULL
FEEDBACK
4810
GLOW PLUG
RELAY
F3
4820
1120
GLOW PLUG
FEEDBACK
6320
4830
2110
MARKER LT
RELAY
4730
4840
8110
OPEN
9800
4310
M
B
K2
J4
WHITE
B
A
STARTER
BATTERY CABLE
4330
4110
TRAVEL
CONTROL
C2
4340
C409
2010
1010
4430
4150
TWO SPEED
MAKE-UP
D2
F1
F2
SUPPLY
1020
4420
ALTERNATOR
4450
6210
CAN SELECT
B2
3200
A2
1110
BRAKE PULL
FUEL PULL RELAY
RELAY
E2
4500
3200
1800
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (2)
B2
F2
BRAKE SW
IN
3210
B
A
GROUND
REAR WKLT
RELAY
G2
Rev. D
B
A
180
0
8800
OPEN
H2
J3
BLACK
B3
3200
8210
A1
1400
A
B
8250
B1
ATTACHMENT
KEY INPUT
K2
BRAKE PULL
FEEDBACK
C1
BRAKE SW
OUT
8000
UNSWITCHED
BATTERY IN (1)
FUEL HOLD
OPEN
D1
J2
CAN LOW
9700
A
B
E1
C3
A1
SPARE
ANALOG 1
9500
STARTER FEEDBACK
STARTER RELAY
9400
F1
EHC INPUT
OPEN
G1
D3
9410
OPEN
H1
EHC OUTPUT
ACCESSORY
RELAY OUTPUT
J1
E3
4320
FUEL SENDER
SIGNAL
SPARE
OUTPUT 2
K1
PWM SIGNAL
HYD CHARGE
PRESSURE +
A2
SPARE
ANALOG 2
ENGINE
COOLANT
SENDER
500-3000 ohm
F3
ENG OIL
PRESSURE +
CAN HIGH
9600
4360
ENG SPEED
SIGNAL
B1
3100
C1
3400
A3
4640
HANDLE
FLOAT
C3
G3
4200
CONTROL MODULE
RESERVED
(hall)
D1
3500
ENG OIL
PRESS SIGNAL
E1
3600
3610
B2
B3
3600
E1
3510
3200
A
B
3600
3520
AIR FILTER
SIGNAL
3520
F1
C
B
D1
D2
SENSOR
GROUNDS
3500
3300
A
B
SPEED
SENSOR
3500
C2
C
B
HYDRAULIC
TEMP
2350
C3
C
B
3420
2710
RESERVED
(AC INPUT)
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
SENDER
0.5-7.5 V
2120
2720
A3
4640
A3
J1
BLACK
2730
D2
2740
E3
3430
SEE LEFT
HANDLE
CONNECTOR
THIS PAGE
E2
3430
SEATBAR SENSOR
GROUND
3920
F2
B3
D3
3310
C
3
B3
3300
3300
D
3
OPEN
A
B
E3
9340
3520
3410
F3
2900
E3
C2
D3
3430
A
B
3430
C1
3420
OPEN
3700
2600
3400
3420
A2
3910
OPEN
HYD CHARGE
FILTER SIGNAL
A
B
3400
C
B
A1
SEATBAR
SENSOR SIGNAL
B2
OPEN
F3
2300
2110
C
2
J2
WHITE
HEADLIGHT
SWITCH
GROUND
3010
6727869
3510
C
B
HYDRAULIC
TEMPERATURE
SENDER
500-3000 ohm
2800
3610
B1
OPEN
H3
2240
A
C
3710
OPEN
3900
D
2
9200
9350
SPARE
DIGITAL 2
HYDRAULIC CHARGE
PRESSURE SENDER
6674316
0.5 - 7.5 V
3010
E2
F2
3700
12
E2
C
1
OPEN
4350
2200
2000
3700
F2
OPEN
D
1
9100
SYSTEM Rx
TWO SPEED
A
B
KEY/ENTER
SWITCH
J3
2370
AIR FILTER
SWITCH
SYSTEM Tx
E1
1900
OPEN
4470
Vacuum
Switch
6665371
2390
F1
1200
SEATBAR SENSOR
SUPPLY
REAR AUX
RELIEF
2380
COMPUTER
POWER
K3
2410
PROTECTED
POWER
C2
3110
2420
4350
J2 WHITE
B1
F1
F3
3100
B2
3100
900 FLOW
CONTROL
2490
A
B
C1
C3
2100
A
B
J1 BLACK
FUEL SENDER
7000004
30-270 ohm
C406
2520
RNG/DBL
GROUNDS
F
S
P
9210
C424
9100
4500
2900
J
A
9110
A
B
C417
9200
SEE CONTROL
B
MODULE J4
THIS PAGE
M
C
D
1910
PROTECTED POWER
C415
9340
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
M
C
D
E
A B
A
B
C441
2900
4030
B A
HEADLIGHTS
C421
6100
C434 C435
LIFT ARM
RELEASE
SWITCH
D
E
F
H
2430
C420
1210
GROUND
C418
C407
SEE FUSE/RELAY
CENTER
(EUROPEAN
LIGHTING)
THIS PAGE
*
*
H
J
A
C408
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
B
A
A
B
2750
*
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
A B
REAR ROD
4430
C422
2910
9340
B A
2480
2440
LEFT PANEL
FRONT
WORKLIGHTS
C419
2530
RIGHT
MACHINES.
6110
LEFT
ARE NOT
* NOTE: THESE
FOUND ON ALL
MEGA
FUSE
100A
1300
26
1010
1060
1030
1310
1040
Printed in U.S.A.
BATTERY
1080
F E D A B C G
TO OPTIONS
(ATTACHMENT
CONTROL)
ACD & REMOTE
START CONNECTOR
C426
V-0057 (3-14-01)
LOCATED ABOVE
BATTERY
CAN
3-15-01 CHGD. TWO SPEED to RIGHT ROCKER UP on 773 500K Right Handle
3-22-01 Chgd. Rev. to B on Mainframe Harness 6729056 - No Visible Chgs.
3-28-01 Flipped the Traction Lock Vertically
4-4-01 Added Text to Tilt Spool Lock and Lift Spool Lock (NOT Used With AHC or ACS)
5-22-01 - Tailgate Std. Harness - Chgd. Rev. from B to C - No Visible Chgs.
TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
6500
6200
2600
2100
E F C A B D
F E D C B A
REGISTRATION
LAMP
LEFT WORK
TO OPTIONS (AC)
RIGHT WORK
HERE OR TO OPTIONS
(HVAC JUMPER)
A
B
C
DBL
WHT
RIGHT TAILLIGHT
1000
1110
1700
1740
2730
2740
6530
2750
3
4
7220
TO MAINFRAME
A
B
G
E
C
F
H
D
2780
6300
6300
6440
6400
6540
6500
6600
6510
6000
4700
1110
2
1
4
7310
TO OPTIONS
(DOME LIGHT)
B
A
6
6
2790
C
F
A
D
E
B
2735
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC OR HVAC/ACCESSORY)
1140
1700
1740
2730
2740
POWER BOB-TACH
SWITCH
1130
3
1
1180
7000
6430
7010
6530
2750
6520
3
4
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
1
2
HAZARD SWITCH
1
6010
E
D
A
C
B
2760
6420
2770
TO MAINFRAME
2725
F
A
B
6440
6400
6540
6500
6300
6600
6510
B
C
E
6000
4700
BLK
B
A
1730
B
A
2710
2
1
A
B
DOME LIGHT
SWITCH
B A
C632
BLK
B A
AIR CONDITIONER
HARNESS 6719630 OR 6726888
DOME LIGHT
C
F
G
E
A
D
H
B
RNG
RNG/DGN
DBL/WHT
4700
2715
BLK
LEFT
TAILLIGHT
RIGHT
TAILLIGHT
LEFT
WORK
LIGHT
6
6
RNG
RNG/DGN
BACK-UP
ALARM
BACK-UP ALARM
HARNESS - 6715659
2700
2790
C
F
A
D
E
B
1760
2735
RIGHT
WORK
LIGHT
TO ATTACHMENT
TO MAINFRAME
TO
STROBE/BEACON
4 WAY FLASHER
HARNESS - 6718873
2775
2785
2780
6440
6540
C668
2
1
3
E
A
C
D
F
B
E
A
C
F
D
B
6010
7010
3
6430
A
D
C
B
E
2760
7010
2770
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
1720
2720
BACK-UP ALARM
SWITCHES HARNESS 6718820 OR 6807152
POWER BOB-TACH
SOLENOID
3
4
5
6700
TO MAINFRAME
G
E
D
F
A
B
C
6400
2780
6540
6500
FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
7200
2110
2130
A
B
C
10
8
7
RED
WHT
BLK
3
2
1
4
5
6
5000
1200
1010
2210
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC ADAPTER)
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC ADAPTER)
7010
BLK
7020
POWER RELAY
1740
85
87
87A
86
30
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC/ACCESSORY)
2210
1190
2740
A
B
C
2320
7020
B
A
B
A
1140
1740
AIR CONDITIONER
CLUTCH SOLENOID
B
C
D
1
2
3
9600
9700
9800
1710
1160
2710
TO
MAINFRAME
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
2765
7310
2735
7160
7210
2755
B
C
A
7200
C
B
E
A
D
F
C610
C
B
A
TO ATTACHMENT
(BOOM
CONNECTOR)
9500
A
C666
2200
TO OPTIONS
(DELUXE ACCESSORY)
TO OPTIONS
(DELUXE ACCESSORY)
2740
HVAC/ACCESSORY
HARNESS 6725390 OR 6807266
RED
RNG
C640
1010
BLOWER MOTOR
YEL
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC HARNESS)
C636
1200
3
2
1
4
6
5
C634
C640
BLOWER SWITCH
5000
3
2
1
4
5
6
C
B
A
C667
2200
THERMOSTAT
C636
3100
C
B
A
C426
A
B
C
1300
C638
C634
3200
C
B
A
2205
7010
C641
1000
BLK
POTENTIOMETER
A
B
C
C635
WHT
7000
A
B
C
C637
HEATER VALVE
DBL
6
5
4
3
2
1
C639
TO OPTIONS (HVAC)
2100
2745
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC)
LOW
C642
7000
DBL
RED
YEL
RNG
RNG
1740
2740
1720
2720
3100
HIGH
BLK
1730
V
M
MEDIUM
B
A
S
LT
TM
CENTER
GD
RT
BRN
TO MAINFRAME
(ACCESSORY CONNECTOR)
L X
1110
1740
TO OLDER
MODEL ATTACHMENTS
WHT
C622
ADDITIONAL POWER
CONNECTOR
M
A
D
C
E
F
G
H
L
K
FRONT WIPER
BOTTLE AND TANK
6530
2750
6440
7000
C606
7000
C601
C401
2760
TO
MAINFRAME
1730
A
7150
6540
C669
2785
TO OPTIONS
(4 WAY FLASHER)
C668 OR C670
1
2
3
C669
2795
2790
6700
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
6440
1180
E
D
A
C
B
2770
1
2
HAZARD SWITCH
1130
3
1
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
TO OPTIONS
POWER BOB-TACH
SWITCH
1700
7110
TO OPTIONS
C427
2 1
TO OPTIONS
(POWER BOB-TACH)
2730
C607
2745
B
A
C
D
B
A
B
J
N
P
BACK-UP ALARM
SWITCHES
POWER BOB-TACH
SOLENOID
C601
2 1
C609
C
F
G
E
A
D
H
B
1190
RIGHT
FLASHER
LIGHT
EVAPORATOR (AC)
PRESSURE SWITCH
TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
4710
LEFT
FLASHER
LIGHT
DIODE
7310
7210
FLASHER
B
A
2300
7030
RED
PNK
3
4
3
4
1110
POWER
PLUG
BEACON SWITCH
6
5
4
2310
AIR CONDITIONER
CLUTCH SOLENOID
STROBE OR
BEACON
B
A
2
1750
TO OPTIONS
(DOME LIGHT)
C411
D
A
6410
E
C
F
H
D
10
8
7
RED
WHT
TRAVEL CONTROL
LOCKOUT SWITCH
FRONT WIPER
SWITCH
A
B
G
6300
A
B
C
BACK-UP
ALARM
1720
2780
2130
1710
6700
A
B
C
2740
TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME
REAR WIPER
SWITCH
7220
E
D
C
7200
V
M
4
6
TO OPTIONS
(DELUXE ACCESSORY)
2210
1190
87A
HEATER VALVE
A
B
C
1300
TO OPTIONS
C608
1
5
6
4
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
C601
BEACON SWITCH
2745
C670
B
A
C
1140
C427
C401
TO MAINFRAME
LIGHT SWITCH
30
C617 OR C642
TO OPTIONS
(POWER BOB-TACH)
86
85
7210
FLASHER
POWER RELAY
1740
2700
1160
1150
A
D
C
B
E
F
1190
POWER
PLUG
4710
A
D
B
C
BLK
TO OPTIONS (HVAC)
TO OPTIONS (HVAC)
4700
2715
2710
BLOWER MOTOR
YEL
1
2
1730
1750
C411
D
A
B
C
E
6410
TRAVEL CONTROL
LOCKOUT SWITCH
FRONT WIPER
SWITCH
2725
6700
1720
BLK
C623
C633
7010
C608
4
6
6520
6430
10
8
7
RED
WHT
1700
BLK
DBL/WHT
HEATER VALVE
A
D
C
B
E
F
RED
RNG
REAR WIPER
SWITCH
PNK
BLK
V
M
PNK
BLK
7000
2200
3
2
1
4
5
6
87
C614
HAZARD SWITCH
1
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
C670
2760
2
6010
1180
E
D
A
C
B
2770
1010
BLOWER SWITCH
C667
1130
3
1
E
D
C
F
A
B
POWER BOB-TACH
SWITCH
6420
3
2
1
4
5
6
1200
C608
C601
LIGHT SWITCH
1
6
4
C427
BEACON SWITCH
2745
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
2130
2110
BLK
TO OPTIONS
(POWER BOB-TACH)
7200
POTENTIOMETER
5000
C667
FLASHER
1120
B
A
C
C617 OR C642
1140
1150
C401
1140
A
D
C
B
E
F
1300
L
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC OR HVAC/ACCESSORY)
TO MAINFRAME
BLK
3200
7020
LEFT TAILLIGHT
RIGHT TAILLIGHT
C611
DELUXE EUROPEAN
TAILLIGHT HARNESS - 6718198
7000
A
B
C
C617
C605
C614
C604
A
B
C
HIGH
C506
RIGHT WORK
6210
C631
F E D C B A
LEFT WORK
2630
2205
C404
E F C A B D
REGISTRATION
LAMP
F E D C B A
2310
C402
C603
E F C A B D
7010
C491
C602
DBL/WHT
C613
F E D C B A
A
B
C103
E F C A B D
C612
2620
6340
6320
6610
2610
2640
6330
6620
BLK
BLK
PNK
BLK
PNK
DGN/YEL
DGN/YEL
BLK
PNK
LOW
MEDIUM
A
D
B
C
A
B
C
3100
OFF
C612
BLK
6310
C103
PNK
DGN
BLK/WHT
6400
BACK-UP
ALARM
C490
BACK-UP
ALARM
F
G
E
A
D
H
B
6600
ALARM
HORN
A
B
TO HANDLE CONNECT0R
2730
7200
B
A
B
C
A
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
A
B
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
C402
YEL
7100
V-0049 (3-3-04)
C412
DGN/YEL
C630
RNG/DGN
2650
7010
C
F
G
E
A
D
H
B
RNG
C103
EUROPEAN ONLY
C103
OPTIONS
S/N 517611001 AND ABOVE
S/N 518011001 AND ABOVE
S/N 518111001 AND ABOVE
S/N 519011001 AND ABOVE
S/N 519211001 AND ABOVE
S/N 500 K 11001 AND ABOVE
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0049
C426
To Mainframe
Harness
2710
9600
9500
1710
9700
D F C E A B G
9800
SSL 7-PIN
CAN CONNECTOR
1160
C450
To
Mainframe
C432
RIGHT HANDLE
PNK/
RED
PNK/DGN
PNK/BLK
C409
1160
2720
CAN SHIELD
9720
9710
SW POWER
C
1
H GROUND
F CAN SHIELD
1740
1730
B SW POWER
CAN HIGH
9503
9604
CAN LOW
9606
9501
E CAN LOW
D CAN HIGH
GROUND
2730
7-PIN
J
N
PWM
WHT/LGN
G
E
DGN
TWO
SPEED
DETENT
YEL
LGN
RNG
PUR
J
A
RNG
C
B
WHT
PNK
TAN
DBL
SKI
CONTROL
9503
9604
9606
9500
9600
A OPEN
G OPEN
BOOM-MOUNTED
ACD CONNECTORS
1750
GROUND
E OUTPUT
5100
5100
C E OUTPUT
C703
2740
F OUTPUT
5350
5350
H F OUTPUT
G OUTPUT
5400
5400
H OUTPUT
5050
5050
J G OUTPUT
B H OUTPUT
C OUTPUT
5300
5300
D OUTPUT
5150
5150
A OUTPUT
A
M
5250
5250
5200
5200
F A OUTPUT
E B OUTPUT
ID (K TO L)
5910
5000
A J OUTPUT
ID (K TO P)
5510
5450
K K OUTPUT
5900
J ID #1
A ID #2
M OUTPUT
FLOAT
SIGNAL
9501
C506
14-PIN
ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR
C704
SKI
CONTROL
5500
C ID #4
D ID #0
E OPEN
F OPEN
G OPEN
To
Mainframe
or This
Page
C433
DGN
C
E
SSL 7-PIN
CAN CONNECTOR
A
B
RED/WHT
3
2
PUR/WHT
LIFT
CONTROL
BLK/WHT
To Mainframe
To Left
Handle
This Page
Printed in U.S.A.
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
9600
9500
1710
9700
2710
C705
KEY "RUN"
9800
UNSW POWER
1160
2720
H GROUND
CAN SHIELD
9710
9710
SW POWER
1730
1720
F CAN SHIELD
B SW POWER
CAN LOW
9620
9610
CAN HIGH
9520
9510
GROUND
C666
J1 - 8-PIN
E CAN LOW
D CAN HIGH
C OPEN
A OPEN
2730
7-PIN
ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR
G OPEN
J
BOOM-MOUNTED
ACD CONNECTORS
N
SW POWER
1740
GROUND
2740
E OUTPUT
5100
F OUTPUT
G OUTPUT
F
G
H OUTPUT
C OUTPUT
C703
5100
C E OUTPUT
5350
5350
5400
5400
H F OUTPUT
J G OUTPUT
5050
5050
5300
5300
B H OUTPUT
G C OUTPUT
D OUTPUT
5150
5150
D D OUTPUT
A OUTPUT
5250
5250
M OUTPUT
5200
5200
F A OUTPUT
E B OUTPUT
ID (K TO L)
5910
5000
A J OUTPUT
ID (K TO P)
5510
5450
K K OUTPUT
5900
J ID #1
5500
A ID #2
C506
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
B
A
B
To
Mainframe
C431
4640
BLK
C410
LGN
To Left
Handle
This Page
To Mainframe
Harness
HORN
LEFT HANDLE
C433
C433
RNG
C426
D F C E A B G
K OPEN
BLK
RED
H OPEN
TURN
SIGNAL
1160
To
Options
YEL
9800
To
Options
H
BRN
J3 - 10-PIN GRAY
B ID #3
PADDLE
MOMENTARY
J2 - 10-PIN BLACK
G C OUTPUT
D D OUTPUT
J1 - 8-PIN
C OPEN
7-PIN / 14-PIN
SELECTOR SWITCH
K
B
SW POWER
WHT/BLK
C410
9800
WHT
WHT/RED
To
Mainframe
C666 ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR
B
To
Mainframe
TILT
CONTROL
C705
KEY "RUN"
UNSW POWER
14-PIN
ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR
C704
J2 - 10-PIN BLACK
J3 - 10-PIN GRAY
B ID #3
C ID #4
D ID #0
E OPEN
F OPEN
G OPEN
H OPEN
K OPEN
V-0018 (3-3-04)
To
Mainframe
4640
4840
PUR
WHT
DBL
PNK
SIDE
SHIFT
AHC LIFT
HALL
SENSOR
RIGHT HANDLE
AHC TILT
HALL
SENSOR
RED
YEL
DGN
BRN
PUR/WHT
BLK/WHT
RED/WHT
PNK/BLK
PNK/DGN
C449
1 3 2
1 3 2
A C B
A C B
C495
B A
E B A D D
C412
C411
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
4610
4710
A C B
4600
C494
A C B
4620
To
Mainframe
9400
B A
HORN
1 3 2
C450
FLOAT
LEFT HANDLE
TURN SIGNAL
PNK/RED
C473
SKI
CTRL
BLK
FLOW
1 3 2
9410
TAN
RNG
RNG
YEL
LGN
SKI
CTRL
4720
2750
WHT/LGN
RIGHT
ROCKER
UP DETENT
4700
C496
1750
E H J A F G B C K D
E K J H A
PWM
4820
4650
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
WHT/BLK
WHT
WHT/RED
B D C G F
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
B
A
C410
C409
DGN
To
Mainframe
V-0064
4830
E H J A F G B C K D
Extra Power
Connector
4810
1480
OPTIONS
S/N 517618001-18625
S/N 518012001-12099
S/N 518112001-12059
S/N 519016001-17501
S/N 519212001-12068
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
C410
E H J A F G B C K D
TILT ACTUATOR
4645
4620
4610
4600
4720
4710
4700
LIFT ACTUATOR
C493
ADVANCED
HAND
CONTROL
HIBBING
HARNESS 6729054
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C428
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BLK
DGN
RED
BLK
BLK
RED
K H J D C E G A F B
BLK
B A
DGN
C474
K H J D C E G A F B
RED
B A
RED
2740
4580
1740
1720
2720
C489
To
Mainframe
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C429
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
V-0064 (3-3-04)
C449
1 3 2
2750
4650
A C B
1510
C472
A C B
PUR
BLK
2670
RED
4670
D F
1530
4680
4690
4690
2770
2270
4770
4780
4780
1630
4790
2500
4270
2510
4280
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4790
4220
DGN
C429
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1170
RED
BLK
RED
DGN
RED
BLK
BLK
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C428
M
L
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
LIFT ACTUATOR
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A
N
DBL
TO OPTIONS
(ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR)
FOOT PEDAL
LOCK - TILT
C468
1 3 2
WHT
C412
TILT ACTUATOR
C467
1 3 2
BLK
BRN
B A
C411
RED
4750
E B A D D
A C B
C469
13 ohm
at 12V
HORN
1 3 2
C450
1 3 2
13 ohm
at 12V
TURN
SIGNAL
DGN
PUR/WHT
RED/WHT
PUR/WHT
BLK/WHT
RED/WHT
BLK/WHT
AHC LIFT
HALL
SENSOR
A C B
FOOT PEDAL
LOCK - LIFT
FLOAT
YEL
HANDLE
LOCK
1610
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
SKI
CTRL
HANDLE
LOCK LEFT HANDLE
1 3 2
BATTERY FEED 1000-1999 RED, RED/WHT, RNG
GROUND 2000-2999 BLK
MONITORING 3000-3999 LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK
ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR
TAN
SIDE
SHIFT
AHC TILT
HALL
SENSOR
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
PNK
2 1 3
1 3 2
RIGHT HANDLE
RNG/BLK
C465
C466
FLOW
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
B
A
RNG
YEL/RED
YEL/RED
YEL
RNG
WHT/LGN
RNG/BLK
2 1 3
1 3 2
PWM
RIGHT
SKI
ROCKER
CTRL
UP DETENT
C410
E H J A F G B C K D
E J H A G K
DGN
WHT
WHT/BLK
B D C F
WHT/RED
TO
MAINFRAME
C409
2650
TO
MAINFRAME
OPTIONS
S/N 517618626 AND ABOVE
S/N 518012100 AND ABOVE
S/N 518112060 AND ABOVE
S/N 519017502 AND ABOVE
S/N 519212069 AND ABOVE
S/N 500 K 11001 AND ABOVE
(PRINTED MARCH 2001)
V-0065
LGN
4680
2260
4260
1190
C B G E
1180
4220
4275
9520
2250
G
H
2280
1740
1500
J1
B
A
J2
BLACK
G
2760
2 3 1
C470
2 3
ADVANCED CONTROL
SYSTEM HARNESS 6726925
Printed in U.S.A.
TILT
PEDAL
1520
2240
9620
4660
9720
GRAY
J3
C
F
2660
C
G
H
B
F
P
4550
1620
D
R
S
J
4760
C492
E
TO
MAINFRAME
2 3 1
C471
2 3
LIFT
PEDAL
V-0065 (3-3-04)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
OPTIONS
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
2730
D
C
K
G
B
J
1700
6400
L
M
H
N
P
F
A
4235
4275
5
6
1150
A
B
2450
4480
2480
DIVERTER
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
HIGH FLOW
EXTENSION
HARNESS 6718645
REAR AUXILIARY
RELIEF
9.8 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
TO
MAINFRAME
DIVERTER
RELIEF
HARNESS 6710870
TO OPTIONS
(HVAC OR HVAC/ACCESSORY)
1140
1740
2740
TO OPTIONS
(POWER BOB-TACH)
LIGHT SWITCH
3
1
1180
6010
HAZARD SWITCH
1
2
6700
B
F
A
6540
6300
7000
6520
6430
5
REAR WIPER
SWITCH
7220
2725
1720
6440
2710
1110
6000
POWER
PLUG
1730
1770
2
2755
TO MAINFRAME
4550
E
R
4235
4275
D
C
K
G
B
J
L
M
H
N
P
3
4
5
6
2730
6400
6500
1150
6300
6600
TO EUR0. LIGHTS
CONNECTOR
4730
1140
1700
A
B
1750
B
A
4730
2715
3
4
5
7310
6
1190
2700
2790
TO OPTIONS
(FRONT WIPER)
7210
ACS SWITCH
1
BLK
4710
1760
2735
C
F
A
D
E
B
C488
6510
2
1
1
3
4
TO OPTIONS
(DOME LIGHT)
D
A
B
C
E
DGN/YEL
A
B
TRAVEL CONTROL
LOCKOUT SWITCH
FRONT WIPER
SWITCH
2780
6410
A
B
BLK
1710
TO LEFT HANDLE
CONNECTOR
GREEN
TIE
STRAP
YEL
V
M
6530
2750
7010
E
D
A
C
B
C411
C670
E
D
1
2
2770
2760
6420
2
1130
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
POWER BOB-TACH
SWITCH
1
6
4
A
B
TO
MAINFRAME
C608
BEACON SWITCH
2745
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
C601
FLASHER
B
A
C
YELLOW
TIE
STRAP
C416
4450
C417
2745
2755
A
B
HIGH FLOW
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
4550
2460
C667
4460
C416
TO MAINFRAME
ACS SWITCH
1
2755
2780
A
B
REAR BASE
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
C417
A
B
C617 OR C642
A
B
REAR ROD
7.5 ohm nominal
at 12 VDC
6530
2750
6500
BATTERY FEED 1000-1999 RED, RED/WHT, RNG
GROUND 2000-2999 BLK
MONITORING 3000-3999 LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL
LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK
ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT
ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN
COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR
A
B
C413
2440
3
4
A
B
C414
6540
6440
C415
B
F
A
C
6430
4440
C416
6700
C417
SOME CONNECTOR
BODIES NOT SHOWN
FOR DRAWING CLARITY
E
D
6010
X
2430
A
B
C488
WIRES CONNECT BY
LETTER ACROSS
CONNECTORS
A
B
B
A
1180
A
B
4430
C416
1130
2
C
B
C417
HAZARD SWITCH
C413
A
B
C414
3
1
7010
2760
BEACON SWITCH
6
5
4
TO OPTIONS
(EXTERIOR CAB)
7000
E
D
A
2770
C601
POWER BOB-TACH
SWITCH
FLASHER
C670
RED = RED
RNG = ORANGE
BLK = BLACK
LBL = LIGHT BLUE
DBL = DARK BLUE
LGN = LIGHT GREEN
DGN = DARK GREEN
YEL = YELLOW
PNK = PINK
WHT = WHITE
BRN = BROWN
TAN = TAN
PUR = PURPLE
GRY = GRAY
TO
MAINFRAME
TO OPTIONS
(POWER BOB-TACH)
C415
F
A
S
V-0067 (3-3-04)
S/N 517611001-17999
OPTIONS
S/N 518011001-17999
S/N 518111001-11999
S/N 519011001-15999
S/N 519211001-11999
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0001
S/N 517611001-15809
OPTIONS
S/N 518011001-11504
S/N 519011001-13962
S/N 519211001-11117
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0002
S/N 518011505-11999
OPTIONS
S/N 518111001-11999
S/N 519013963-15999
S/N 519211118-11999
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0066
773 WIRING SCHEMATIC
S/N 517618001-18625
S/N 518012001-12099
S/N 518112001-12059
S/N 519016001-17501
S/N 519212001-12068
(PRINTED MARCH 2004)
V-0064
OPTIONS
60-10-1
60-10-2
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are
most common. Many of the recommended procedures
must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel
only.
PROBLEM
CAUSE
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
1, 2, 5
2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
60-10-3
Figure 60-10-3
EARLY STYLE
IMPORTANT
Do Not use silicone base sprays and/or sealants on
harness connectors or components.
I-2123-0397
Figure 60-10-1
N-19388
Figure 60-10-4
LATER STYLE
1
P-24651
1
Figure 60-10-2
N-19659
1
P-13848A
60-10-4
Fuse Location
Ref
Figure 60-10-5
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
P-28846
Description
Amp.
Heater / AC
Front & Marker Lights
Rear Lights
Bobcat Controller
Traction
Fuel Shutoff
Not Used
Not Used
Unswitched Attach.
Switched Attach.
Alternator & Kits
AHC Power
25
15
15
25
30
30
--25
25
25
25
F5
F1
F6
F2
F7
F3
F8
F4
F9
F10
Ref
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
F11
F12
N-18465A
Description
Switch Power
Rear Lights
Front & Marker Lights
Not Used
Glow Plugs
Fuel Shutoff
Traction
Starter
Figure 60-10-6
P-28903
60-10-5
P9175
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 6010-7]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
for the pressure relief (small) coil is 7-10 ohm and the
other coils 5-8 ohms.
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
60-10-6
Figure 60-20-2
BATTERY
Removal And Installation
WARNING
N-18458
Figure 60-20-1
2
1
P-3873
N-18456
60-20-1
Servicing
BATTERY (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Contd)
WARNING
Installation:
Figure 60-20-4
Figure 60-20-6
P9589
Figure 60-20-5
P9588
P9590
60-20-2
BATTERY (CONTD)
WARNING
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.
Figure 60-20-7
41
W-2065-1296
N-18532
WARNING
Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at engine frame.
3
1
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
N-18531
60-20-3
60-20-4
Figure 60-30-2
Figure 60-30-1
2
1
P2284
P-3877
WARNING
60-30-1
WARNING
Figure 60-30-3
Output
Terminal
W-2050-1285
Figure 60-30-4
Regulator
Terminal
Positive
P1304
Negative
The alternator is removed from the loader for clarity
purposes [Figure 60-30-3].
Disconnect the negative (-) cable from the battery.
Install the wires in their original location on the back of
the alternator.
P2282
60-30-2
Ground
Stud
Brush
Terminal
1
P1364
60-30-3
Figure 60-30-6
2
4
P-3877
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
IMPORTANT
Damage to the alternator can occur if:
Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
both cables from the battery.)
Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
I-2023-1285
60-30-4
Disassembly
Figure 60-30-8
Figure 60-30-7
1. Nut
2. Pulley
3. Fan
4. Bolt
5. Case Half (Front)
6. Bearing
7. Rotor
8. Stator
9. Rectifier (Diode)
10. Case Half (Rear)
11. Condenser Assy.
12. Strap
13. Regulator
14. Brush
15. Cover
P1369
7
12
13
14
10
Figure 60-30-9
15
C-3312
P1386
60-30-5
Figure 60-30-12
1
Figure 60-30-10
P1373
P1365
Touch the probes to the terminals (Item 1) [Figure 60-3012] of each diode and read the meter.
Figure 60-30-11
There should be continuity in one direction only.
Figure 60-30-13
1
1
1
P1378
Touch one probe to one of the slip rings and the other
probe to the rotor shaft [Figure 60-30-11].
There should be no continuity.
Replace the rotor if there is continuity.
P1370
Assembly
Figure 60-30-15
Figure 60-30-14
1
1
1
P1808
P1390
60-30-7
60-30-8
Alternator Identification
Figure 60-31-2
Figure 60-31-1
2
2
P-24416
4
1
3
P-24417
1
P-24543
Figure 60-31-3
Stop the engine.
4
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Loosen the alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 6031-1].
1
2
P-24542
60-31-1
Figure 60-31-4
WARNING
1
P-24547
WARNING
Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at engine frame.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged
battery. Warm battery to 60F (16C) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury.
W-2066-1296
Check the fuse for the alternator in the fuse panel. If fuse
is burned, find the cause and repair/replace. If fuse is in
doubt, remove it and check for continuity.
Check the electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled
water as needed. (Does not apply to maintenance free
batteries.)
Verify the charge of the battery. Make sure battery is fully
charged.
Disconnect the battery cables (negative first, then
positive). Inspect the cable clamps and battery posts for
corrosion. Remove acid or corrosion from the battery
and cables with a sodium bicarbonate and water
solution. Put grease on the cable ends and battery
terminals to prevent corrosion. Reconnect the cable to
the positive terminal.
IMPORTANT
1. If the test light does not light up, reattach the clamp
and proceed to alternator voltage test. (See Below.)
I-2023-1285
60-31-2
Figure 60-31-6
Figure 60-31-5
1
P-24547
P-24560
Figure 60-31-7
Turn the engine on with the remote start tool and run at
idle. With a voltmeter, check the voltage between the B+
terminal and ground at the starter [Figure 60-31-5].
The voltage must be higher than 13.5 volts but lower than
14.7 volts at 70F (Alternator Temperature).
2
1
P-24566
P-24566
P-24565
60-31-3
WARNING
P-24568
W-2059-0598
P-24569
IMPORTANT
P-24567
Figure 60-31-9
P-24547
60-31-4
Figure 60-31-12
1
1
2
P-24532
3
NOTE: Use the diode function (Item 1) [Figure 60-3112] on the multimeter.
P-24543
Figure 60-31-13
Remove the adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 60-31-10]
from the mounting bracket.
Remove the alternator belt (Item 2) [Figure 60-31-10]
from the alternator pulley.
Figure 60-31-11
1
3
P-24527
2
Touch the probes to the terminals (Item 1) [Figure 60-3113] of each diode and read the meter.
1
P-24416
Figure 60-31-16
1
P-24535
P-24558
P-24533
60-31-6
Disassembly
Figure 60-31-18
Figure 60-31-17
1. Alternator
2. Nut
3. Pulley
4. Spacer
5. Bolt
6. Bracket
7. Bolt
8. Bearing
9. Retainer
10. Rotor
11. Bearing
12. Stator
13. Bracket
14. Sleeve
15. Regulator
16. Rectifier
17. Cover 7
18. Spacer
19. Nut 3
1
4 7
12
2
10
8
6
13 14
5
P-24537
11
Use an ohmmeter to test the stator.
1819
16
C-3529
P-24538
60-31-7
Assembly
Figure 60-31-22
Figure 60-31-20
1
P-24557
P-24524
Place the rotor in soft jaws when tightening the shaft nut
(Item 1) [Figure 60-31-22]. Tighten to 72 + 14.5 ft.-lbs.
(98 + 20 Nm) torque.
Figure 60-31-21
P-24525
Touch one probe to one of the slip rings and the other
probe to the rotor shaft [Figure 60-31-21].
There should be no continuity.
Replace the rotor if there is continuity.
60-31-8
STARTER (NIPPONDENSO)
Checking
Figure 60-40-3
Figure 60-40-1
Bat
S
M
1
2
Cranking
Motor
N-19441
A-1992
Remove the negative (-) and positive (+) cables from the
battery.
Cranking
Motor
A-1991
2
3
N-19442
60-40-2
1. Bearing
2. Armature
3. Bearing
4. Frame
5. Brush Spring
6. Brush Holder
7. Cover
8. Bolt
9. Bolt
10. Bolt
11. Cover
7
5
4
3
2
1
11
10
12. Gasket
13. Switch
14. Nut
15. Washer
16. Nut
17. Washer
18. Roller
19. Retainer
20. Idler Gear
21. Ball
22. Spring
12
15
14
20
19
16
18
17
13 15
16
23
14
22
21
36
35
34
32
26
25
24
33
30
28
29
31
27
29
23. Housing
24. Screw
25. Washer
26. O-ring
27. Housing
28. O-ring
29. Snap Ring
30. Collar
31. Pinion Gear
32. Spring Seat
33. Spring
34. Clutch
35. Spring
36. Pinion Shaft
d-2297
60-40-3
Figure 60-40-7
N-15160
N-15158
Figure 60-40-8
Remove the cable (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-5] from the
magnetic switch.
Figure 60-40-6
1
1
1
N-15161
1
N-15159
60-40-4
Figure 60-40-11
1
Figure 60-40-9
1
2
1
1
N-15162
N-00980
Figure 60-40-12
Using a needle nose pliers, pull the brush springs (Item
1) back and remove the brushes (Item 2) [Figure 60-409].
2
N-00981
60-40-5
Figure 60-40-15
N-15166
1
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-15].
N-15164
Figure 60-40-16
Remove the ball (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-13] from the
pinion shaft.
2
Figure 60-40-14
1
N-00987
1
N-15165
60-40-6
Figure 60-40-19
3
1
N-00989
N-15011
Figure 60-40-20
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-17].
Figure 60-40-18
1
4
N-15167
2
Remove the spring (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-20] from the
magnetic switch housing.
N-00988
60-40-7
Figure 60-40-23
2
1
1
3
N-15150
N-15168
Figure 60-40-24
Remove the idler gear (Item 1), retainer (Item 2) and
rollers (Item 3) [Figure 60-40-21] from the magnetic
switch housing.
Figure 60-40-22
1
3
N-15151
1
N-15169
60-40-8
Figure 60-40-27
N-00997
B-14455
B-14458
Commutator Run-Out Test: check the commutator runout as shown in [Figure 60-40-28].
Service Limit - 0.020 inch (0,4 mm)
If the commutator exceeds the service limit, repair as
needed.
N-00996
60-40-9
Figure 60-40-30
N-00999
N-15005
60-40-10
Pull the pinion out (to the engaged position) [Figure 6040-33] and allow it to snap back to the retracted position.
The pinion must fully return to the retracted position.
C
50
N-15006
M.T.
B-14471
Pull-In Test: Connect the wires as shown in [Figure 6040-34]. When connecting Terminal C and M.T. are
closed, the pinion should engage.
Figure 60-40-35
Figure 60-40-33
50
M.T.
B-14470
N-15012
No Load Test
Figure 60-40-37
Ammeter
Figure 60-40-36
50
M.T.
C
50
M.T.
Starter
B-14440
B-14469
60-40-12
Figure 60-40-40
N-15169
1
2
N-15151
Figure 60-40-41
Clean all parts and apply high temperature grease to the
armature bearing, return spring, steel ball, over running
clutch, and idler gear rollers.
Install the switch plunger (Item 1), gasket (Item 2) and
cover (Item 3) [Figure 60-40-38] on the switch housing.
1
Installation: Inspect all parts for wear and replace as
needed.
Figure 60-40-39
N-15007
N-15150
60-40-13
Figure 60-40-44
1
N-15167
N-15152
Figure 60-40-45
Install the roller/retainer assembly (Item 1) [Figure 6040-42] on the idler gear shaft.
Figure 60-40-43
3
2
N-00989
Install the spring (Item 1) over the pinion shaft (Item 2).
Install the pinion shaft (Item 2) in the over running clutch
(Item 3) [Figure 60-40-45].
N-15153
60-40-14
Figure 60-40-48
1
1
N-15166
N-15010
Figure 60-40-49
Install the spring (Item 1) and spring seat (Item 2)
[Figure 60-40-46] on the pinion shaft.
Figure 60-40-47
3
2
1
1
N-15165
N-15011
60-40-15
Figure 60-40-52
Figure 60-40-50
1
N-15162
1
Install the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-52] in the starter
housing. Tighten the bolts to 60-104 in.-lbs. (6,7-11,8
Nm) torque.
N-15164
Figure 60-40-53
Figure 60-40-51
N-15013
N-15163
60-40-16
Figure 60-40-56
1
1
N-15154
N-15014
Figure 60-40-57
Install the bearings (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-53] & [Figure
60-40-54] on both ends of the armature.
2
Figure 60-40-55
1
N-15155
N-00981
60-40-17
Figure 60-40-60
3
1
1
2
2
3
N-15159
N-15156
Figure 60-40-59
Figure 60-40-61
1
2
N-15157
N-15158
Using the needle nose pliers, pull the brush springs (Item
1) back and install the brushes (Item 2) [Figure 60-4059].
60-40-18
Figure 60-41-3
STARTER (VALEO)
Checking
Figure 60-41-1
2
1
Bat
S
M
Cranking
Motor
P-34673
A-1992
If the starter turns but does not turn the engine, the
starter drive has a defect.
Figure 60-41-2
1
P-34675
Bat
S
M
2
Cranking
Motor
P-34674
3
1
P-34385
60-41-2
30
Starter
Shaft
Gear
Washer
Shaft
Stop Ring
Lever
Holder
Spring
Spring
Plate
Seal
33
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
34
13
36
8*
10*
9*
11*
Lever
Gear
Bracket
Spring
Gear
Stop
Stop Ring
Ball
Armature
Washer
Seal
Yoke
31
32
21
7*
15
12
37
16
19 18
14
17
5
20
14
6
1
29
4
3
28
27
35
22
23
25
23
24
26
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
Holder
Bracket
Ring
Bolt
Bolt
Switch
Seal
Bolt
Washer
Nut
Boot
Bracket
Bearing
B-19824
60-41-3
Figure 60-41-8
2
1
1
1
P-34596
P-34594
Figure 60-41-9
1
1
4
3
3
N-00980
Figure 60-41-12
Figure 60-41-10
1
1
2
P-34598
P-34600
Figure 60-41-11
1
1
P-34601
P-34599
60-41-5
Figure 60-41-16
Figure 60-41-14
1
3
2
2
1
P-34602
P-34604
B-14455
Figure 60-41-20
Figure 60-41-18
B-14458
Commutator Run-Out Test: check the commutator runout as shown in [Figure 60-41-20].
Service Limit - 0.003 inch (0,07 mm)
N-00996
Figure 60-41-19
B-14460
N-00997
60-41-7
Figure 60-41-24
Figure 60-41-22
N-00999
N-15006
Figure 60-41-23
N-15005
No Load Test
Figure 60-41-25
Ammeter
S
M.T.
Starter
B-14440
60-41-9
60-41-10
Figure 60-50-1
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Left Panel
Description
12
10
13
11
14
B-15551
Function / Operation
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
FUEL GAUGE
LIGHTS- Press once for FRONT LIGHTS. Press a second time for FRONT AND
REAR lights. Press a third time to turn all lights off. HOLD FOR CODES- Press and
hold two seconds for display of SERVICE CODES*(Item 2). (CODES* show only when
there is an error found by loader monitoring system).
Press once to engage the VARIABLE FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. Press a second time
to engage MAXIMUM FLOW. Press a third time to disengage all auxiliary hydraulics.[
VARIABLE FLOW allows for slow-to-fast movement of auxiliary functions (The farther
you move the switch, the faster the movement of the auxiliary functions.) MAXIMUM
FLOW allows for only fast movement.
Press and hold for two seconds.The engine will stop. Hydraulic pressure will be
released in the auxiliary circuit.
Press to activate BICS System when the Seat Bar is down and operator is seated in
the operating position.
10
SEAT BAR
11
The light comes ON when the seat bar is down and the PRESS TO OPERATE Button
is pressed. The lift and tilt functions can be operated when the light is ON.
12
TRACTION
The light comes ON when the seat bar is down, engine is running, and parking brake is
released. The loader can be moved forward or backward when the light is ON.
13
(Functions Only When Seat Bar Is Raised And The Engine Is Running) Press to unlock
the brakes. Allows you to use the control levers to move the loader forward or
backward when using the backhoe attachment or for the loader service. (See
TRACTION LOCK on Page 60-110-1.) . Press a second time to lock the brakes.
14
ALARM
60-50-1
Figure 60-50-2
OR
15 17 19 21 23 25 27
16 18 20 22 24 26 28
29
B-15552
REF.
FUNCTION
OPT. OR
STD.
ICON/
LIGHT
ALARM
CODE CONDITION
DESCRIPTION
ON
3 Beeps
Error
Attachment
Control
Device (ACD)
Std.
Std.
ON
--FLASHING 3 Beeps
--Error
17
General
Warning
Std.
Std.
^Opt.
ON
3 Beeps
*
ON
3 Beeps
*
FLASHING Continuous *
Error
Error with one or more engine or hydraulic functions.
WARNING
Engine speed high or in shutdown.
SHUTDOWN Engine speed very high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.
18
NOT USED
19
Fuel
Level
Std.
Std.
ON
3 Beeps
FLASHING 3 Beeps
*
*
Error
WARNING
20
Glow
Plugs
Std.
Std.
ON
--FLAHSING 3 Beeps
--Error
System Voltage
Std.
ON
3 Beeps
WARNING
Seat Belt
Std.
ON
---
---
Engine
Oil Pressure
Std.
Std.
Opt.
ON
3 Beeps
*
ON
3 Beeps
*
FLASHING Continuous *
Error
Engine Oil Pressure sender out of range.
WARNING
Engine oil level low.
SHUTDOWN Engine oil pressure very low. Engine will shutdown in 10 seconds.
24
Hydrostatic
Charge
Pressure
Std.
Std.
Opt.
ON
3 Beeps
*
ON
3 Beeps
*
FLASHING Continuous *
Error
Hydraulic oil pressure sender out of range.
WARNING
Hydraulic oil pressure low.
SHUTDOWN Hydraulic charge pressure very low. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.
25
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
Std.
Std.
Opt.
ON
3 Beeps
*
ON
3 Beeps
*
FLASHING Continuous *
Error
Engine coolant sender out of range
WARNING
Engine coolant temperature high.
SHUTDOWN Engine coolant temperature very high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.
26
Hydraulic
Oil
Temperature
Std.
Std.
Opt.
ON
3 Beeps
*
ON
3 Beeps
*
FLASHING Continuous *
Error
Hydraulic oil temperature out of range.
WARNING
Hydraulic oil temperature high.
SHUTDOWN Hydraulic oil temperature very high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.
Engine
Air Filter
Std.
Std.
ON
3 Beeps
FLASHING 3 Beeps
*
*
Error
WARNING
Hydraulic
Filter
Std.
Std.
ON
3 Beeps
FLASHING 3 Beeps
*
*
Error
WARNING
Key Switch
15
16
21
22
23
27
28
29
60-50-2
Figure 60-50-4
1
2
B-16656
The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
shown in [Figure 60-50-4].
B-15553B
60-50-3
B-16655
60-50-4
Icon
Icon Identification
Make selection by pressing SELECTION BUTTON
opposite the Icon.
YES/
NO
CLEAR
SET
Description
Answer yes/no to current setup question.
Removes previously installed password.
Set accepts current installed password.
Press
TOOL/SETUP
Icon
Description
LOCK / UNLOCK: Allows machine to be
locked/ unlocked. You must lock machine
to activate security system.
When system is unlocked, the user can
press RUN / ENTER then press START
to begin operation.
A valid password will need to be entered
at startup to run a locked machine.
Press
LOADER FEATURES
Press
DISPLAY OPTIONS
?
EXIT
11:23
0.0
Press
ADJUST CONTRAST
NEXT
INFO
Press
UP or Down
Arrow to
change contrast.
Press EXIT to
return to
previous level
menu.
60-50-5
Enter Password on
Keypad
Press Enter to
Continue
Re-enter new
password. Press
Enter to Continue
(See left)
Press Enter to
Continue
(See left)
Press
TOOL / SETUP
Press PASSWORD
UTILITIES
Press
MODIFY OWNER
or
MODIFY USER
60-50-6
More EXAMPLES:
Clocks
TOOL / SETUP
LOADER FEATURES
DISPLAY OPTIONS
CLOCKS
SET CLOCK
Use the keypad to set time.
Press RUN / ENTER to set clock.
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.
RESET JOB CLOCK (Password required).
Press CLEAR to reset job clock to zero.
Press LOCK / UNLOCK to unlock.
Enter Passworf and press RUN / ENTER.
Languages
TOOL / SETUP
LOADER FEATURES
DISPLAY OPTIONS
LANGUAGES
Select the language, press RUN / ENTER
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu
60-50-7
REAR
WIPER
6
NOT
USED
NOT
USED
3
FRONT
WIPER
2
NOT
USED
POWER
PLUG
SIDE
CONSOLE
9
7
Early Models
POWER
BOB-TACH
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATORS
NOT USED
ADVANCED
CONTROL
SYSTEM(ACS)
13
Later Models
10
ROTATING
BEACON
HAZARD
LIGHTS
14
POWER
BOB-TACH
Side Console
Ref.
No.
Description
1
POWER PLUG
2
NOT USED
3
FRONT WIPER
REAR WIPER
5
NOT USED
6
NOT USED
Front Center Panel
7
ADVANCED CONTROL
SYSTEM (ACS)
8
NOT USED
9
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATORS
10
HAZARD LIGHTS
11
ROTATING BEACON
POWER BOB-TACH
13
PARKING BRAKE
NOT USED
14
HAZARD
LIGHTS
11
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATORS
PARKING
BRAKE
NOT USED
12
11
ROTATING
BEACON
12
FRONT
CENTER
PANEL
10
NOT USED
b-16642
b-16641
b-15891 updated
Function / Operation
Provides a 12V receptacle for accessories.
--Press the top of the switch to start the front wiper (press and hold for wiper
fluid). Press the bottom of the switch to stop the wiper.
Press the bottom of the switch to start the rear wiper. Press the top of the
switch to provide washer fluid to clean the rear window.
----Press the top to select Hand Controls; bottom to select Foot Controls.
--Indicates left or right TURN SIGNALS are ON.
Press the left side to turn the HAZARD LIGHTS ON; right side to turn OFF.
Press the left side to turn the ROTATING BEACON ON; right side to turn
OFF.
Press and hold the left side to disengage the Bob-Tach wedges. Press and
hold the right side to engage the wedges into the mounting frame holes.
Press the top to engage the PARKING BRAKE; bottom to disengage.
---
60-50-8
Figure 60-50-8
1
1
1
RIGHT
N-19353
Figure 60-50-9
RIGHT
P-28360
Figure 60-50-7
1
1
LEFT
N-19351
LEFT
N-18409
60-50-9
Figure 60-50-11
Figure 60-50-10
P-21945
P-21944
60-50-10
Figure 60-60-3
LIGHTS
Front Removal And Installation
Figure 60-60-1
N-19351
N-19348
N-19349
60-60-1
LIGHTS (CONTD)
Rear Removal And Installation
Figure 60-60-4
2
3
N-19338
N-19339
Using care press the rear light and housing from the door
[Figure 60-60-5].
Reverse this procedure for installation.
60-60-2
BOBCAT CONTROLLER
Identification Chart
J1
BLACK 18 PIN CONNECTOR
(ALL BLUE WIRES)
J2
WHITE 18 PIN CONNECTOR
(MOSTLY BLUE AND PURPLE WIRES)
J3
BLACK 30 PIN CONNECTOR
(MULTI COLOR WIRES)
J4
WHITE 30 PIN CONNECTOR
(MOSTLY GREEN WIRES)
TS-01941
MC-2577
60-70-1
Figure 60-70-2
WARNING
1
Figure 60-70-1
Figure 60-70-3
1
N-19390
N-19432
60-70-2
DIAGNOSTICS
Service Codes
not
Figure 60-80-1
INPUT
CODE
B-15551B
60-80-1
DIAGNOSTICS (CONTD)
Service Codes (Contd)
CODE
DIAGNOSTICS (CONTD)
CODE
01-16
01-17
11-05
11-06
02-16
02-17
12-21
12-22
12-23
03-09
03-10
03-11
03-14
03-22
13-05
13-06
13-07
04-09
04-14
04-15
04-21
04-22
14-02
14-03
15-02
15-03
05-09
05-14
05-15
05-21
05-22
16-05
16-06
16-07
17-05
17-06
17-07
06-10
06-11
06-13
06-15
06-18
18-05
18-06
18-07
19-02
19-03
07-10
07-11
07-15
20-02
07-21
20-03
07-22
21-03
08-10
08-11
08-15
22-02
Starter error ON
08-21
22-03
08-22
23-03
24-02
24-03
09-09
09-21
09-22
60-80-2
CODE
25-03
32-61
32-62
26-02
26-03
32-63
32-64
32-65
32-66
32-67
32-68
32-69
32-70
32-71
27-02
27-03
28-02
28-03
29-02
33-23
29-03
35-02
35-03
36-48
37-02
37-03
30-28
31-28
32-04
32-23
32-31
32-32
32-33
32-34
32-35
32-36
32-37
32-38
32-39
32-40
32-41
32-49
32-50
32-51
32-52
32-53
32-54
32-55
32-56
32-57
32-58
32-59
32-60
CODE
No communication from joystick controller
Left joystick X axis not in neutral
38-53
38-54
60-80-3
CODE
CODE
38-06
38-07
38-08
38-09
38-11
38-12
38-13
38-14
38-15
38-16
38-17
38-18
38-19
38-20
38-21
38-22
38-23
38-24
38-25
38-55
38-56
38-57
38-58
38-59
38-60
38-61
38-62
38-63
38-64
38-65
38-66
38-67
38-68
38-69
38-70
38-71
38-72
38-73
38-26
38-27
38-28
38-29
38-30
38-31
38-32
38-33
38-34
38-35
38-36
38-37
38-38
38-39
38-40
38-41
38-42
38-43
38-44
38-45
38-46
38-47
38-48
38-49
38-50
38-74
38-75
38-76
38-77
38-78
38-79
38-80
38-81
38-82
38-83
38-84
38-85
38-86
38-87
38-88
38-89
38-90
38-91
38-92
38-93
38-94
38-98
38-99
38-51
38-52
CODE
Left joystick no communication to Bobcat
controller
85-02
85-03
60-80-4
CODE
CODE
40-04
44-02
44-03
Horn error ON
Horn error OFF
45-02
45-03
46-02
46-03
47-21
47-22
48-02
48-03
49-02
49-03
60-21
60-22
60-23
64-02
64-03
74-72
74-73
80-02
80-03
81-02
81-03
82-02
82-03
83-02
83-03
84-02
84-03
86-02
86-03
87-02
87-03
90-02
90-03
91-02
91-03
92-02
92-03
93-02
93-03
60-80-5
60-80-6
BICS SYSTEM
Inspecting The BICS Controller (Engine STOPPED
- Key ON)
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) must
deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
modify the system.
W-2151-0394
Figure 60-90-1
N-18409
4
B-15551G
60-90-1
BICS (CONT'D)
Inspecting The Lift Arm By-Pass Control
8. Raise the lift arms 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground.
Stop the engine.
Turn the lift arm by-pass control knob clockwise 1/4 turn.
Pull up and hold the lift arm by-pass control knob until the
lift arms slowly lower.
Additional Inspection For Loaders With Advanced
Hand Controls (AHC)
9. Sit in the operator's seat and fasten the Seat Belt.
Lower the Seat Bar, start the engine and press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button.
10. Raise the lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the
ground.
11. Turn key OFF (Standard Panel), press the STOP
Button (Deluxe Panel, and wait for the engine to come
to a complete stop.
12. Turn key ON (Standard Panel), press RUN /ENTER
Button (Deluxe Panel. Press the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER Button, move the left hand
control toward the operator. The lift arms should not
lower.
13. Move the right hand control away from the operator.
The bucket (or attachment) should not tilt forward.
60-90-2
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting guide is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM
SOLUTION#
5
1
2, 3, 4
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Refer to BICS troubleshooting guide.
(See Troubleshooting Guide. on Page 60-90-4.)
2. Check wire connections on Bobcat controller to make sure connectors are locked into
place.
3. Check pins in connectors for pins pushed back or bent.
4. Use seatbar sensor tester MEL1428 to isolate problem between sensor and controller
and wiring.
5. Possible low or high voltage.
60-90-3
Figure 60-90-2
Indicator
Light
SEAT BAR
Light ON
Light OFF
Effect on
Operation of
Loader When
Light is OFF
5
4
2
1
B-15551
Causes
PRESS TO
OPERATE
LOADER Button
is pressed.
PRESS TO
OPERATE
LOADER Button
is not pressed.
----
----
Seat Bar is
down.
11-05
11-06
1
2
3
3
17-07
17-05
17-06
17-06
1
2
16-07
16-05
16-06
15-02
15-03
Control valve
can be used.
Control valve
Lift, tilt and
cannot be used. traction
functions will
not operate.
Loader can be
Loader cannot
moved forward & be moved
backward
forward and
backward.
Loader cannot
be moved
forward and
backward.
TRACTION 4
03-09
Flashing 03-10
Continuous
----
NOTES:
Multiple SERVICE CODES and/or Abnormal Symptoms can be caused by corroded or loose ground. Check grounds and
both battery connections.
ERROR OFF = shorted to ground or bad fuse, faulty wiring, faulty open relay, no voltage from relay to controller.
ERROR ON = shorted to battery voltage, faulty wiring, faulty closed relay.
*Normal BICS operating voltage is less than the electrical system voltage.
60-90-4
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM
SOLUTION #
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Check sensor wire connection.
2. Use the BICS sensor tester MEL 1428 with seat bar adapter MEL1567 to check sensor and controller.
3. Check for loose hardware.
4. Check keyed bushing to make sure magnet collar rotates with seat bar.
5. Check magnet collar magnets for contamination such as metal particles.
60-100-1
Figure 60-100-3
1
1
P-4698
N-18463
Figure 60-100-4
Use Sensor Tester (MEL1428) and seat bar sensor
tester adatper (MEL1567) for the following procedure:
Connect the seat bar adapter sensor leads (MEL1567) to
the sensor tester.
1
Disconnect the seat bar sensor connector (Item 1)
[Figure 60-100-1].
Figure 60-100-2
P-4699
N-19557
If the above test fails, there is a problem with the seat bar
sensor.
N-19558
60-100-2
Figure 60-100-5
Remove the sensor mounting bolt (Item 3) [Figure 60100-6] and nut.
1
IMPORTANT
Be careful to not overtighten the sensor mounting
bolt and nut to prevent breakage of the sensor.
I-2088-1095
Figure 60-100-7
P-43382
Figure 60-100-6
N-19383
N-19219
60-100-3
N-18463
1
N-18409
The BICS seat bar indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 60100-10] should illuminate.
Figure 60-100-11
P-4699
P-4703
60-100-4
TRACTION LOCK
WARNING
Troubleshooting Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting BICS system
problems. It is recommended that these procedures be
done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM
SOLUTION #
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
8, 9, 10
SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS
1. Make sure brake pedal is not engaged.
2. Maneuver loader to allow brake discs to move and remove pressure on the brake wedge so it can retract.
3. If all lights indicate the brake should be released, but it doesnt, check the brake 25 amp fuse.
4.
When checking fuse, also check other fuses. Check the fuse block for correct orientation and location of
fuses. (See Fuse Location on Page 60-10-5.)
5. To test the solenoid, the pull coil should be.4 to.5 ohms and the hold coil 10.5 to 11.0 ohms.
6. Check brake solenoid and cover mounting hardware for the correct torque.
7. Remove brake cover and check wedges for binding in the wedge guides.
8. Check wire connections for loose connector body.
9. Check for loose or bent pins in connectors.
10. Check for loose spade connectors in fuse holder.
60-110-1
Figure 60-110-1
1
P-4712
P-4135
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not modify the electrical wiring connected to the
traction lock solenoid or any part of the traction lock
system. The traction lock provides the locking
function of the parking brake. Service work on the
traction lock system should only be performed by a
qualified technician. Use only genuine Bobcat
Company parts if repair is necessary.
Figure 60-110-2
2
W-2165-0100
1
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising The
Operator Cab on Page 10-30-1.)
NOTE: The loader control panel is removed for clarity
purpose only. The traction lock can be
removed without removing the control panel.
N-19077
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-1102] from the electric solenoid mounting bracket.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 80-90 in.-lbs.
(9-10 Nm) torque.
Remove the electric solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-2]
from the chaincase cover.
60-110-2
Figure 60-110-5
1
1
N-19079
N-19078
Figure 60-110-6
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove the
bracket (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-3] from the chaincase
cover.
1
2
P7926
Figure 60-110-4
N-19108
Remove the traction lock assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60110-4] from the chaincase.
60-110-3
Guide Removal
Figure 60-110-7
P/N 6633583 - Polyurethane
WARNING
W-2059-0598
P-7964
Remove the shaft mounting bolt (Item 1), spring from the
assembly shaft (Item 2). Remove the wedge (Item 3)
[Figure 60-110-7] and inspect all parts for damage or
wear. Replace if necessary.
Installation: Thoroughly clean and dry the shaft
mounting bolt (Item 1), the shaft (Item 2) and wedge
(Item 3) [Figure 60-110-7]. Use LOCTITE #242 when
assembling these parts to the traction lock assembly.
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising The
Operator Cab on Page 10-30-1.)
Disconnect and remove the engine speed control. (See
Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-1.)
Remove the control panel from the loader. (See Removal
and Installation on Page 50-100-1.)
Remove the crossbar linkage if equipped. (See Crossbar
Linkage Removal and Installation on Page 50-90-2.)
IMPORTANT
Failure to use LOCTITE may allow the traction lock
assembly to loosen up which can cause damage to
the traction lock system.
I-2090-1095
WARNING
60-110-4
Figure 60-110-10
Figure 60-110-8
P11330
N-19079
Figure 60-110-11
Remove the center chaincase cover [Figure 60-110-8].
(See Center Cover Removal And Installation on Page 4030-3.)
1
3
Figure 60-110-9
2
P11332
P11331
60-110-5
Figure 60-110-14
INCORRECT CORRECT
Guide Installation
Figure 60-110-12
3
2
1
N-19106
N-19105
1
P11333
Figure 60-110-13
1
2
2
4
4
1
P11337
P11334
60-110-6
Figure 60-110-18
1
2
1
2
1
N-19109
P11334
Figure 60-110-17
1
2
N-19079
60-110-7
Figure 60-110-20
Figure 60-110-19
1
1
2
2
P11341
N-19078
60-110-8
Figure 60-120-3
P13797
N-17774
Figure 60-120-4
P-21769B
60-120-1
Advanced
Hand
Controls
Attachment
Control
Device
General
Warning
Fuel Level
Two Speed
Glow Plugs
System
Voltage
Seatbelt
Engine Oil
Pressure
Hydraulic
Charge
Pressure
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
Air Filter
Hydraulic
Filter
60-120-2
C-428
C-430
C-431
C-429
P/N
PIN
C-430
DESCRIPTION
P/N
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
C-428
PIN
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR, 8 WAY PLUG (LIFT) (TOP
ACTUATOR)
Orange/White
Dk Blue/White
Black
GROUND
Lt Green/White
MALE, 10 WAY
Dark Blue
OPEN
Brown/White
C-431
Brown/Dk Green
Purple/Yellow
OPEN
Pink/Dk Green
OPEN
Dk Blue
Brown/Yellow
Dk Blue/White
C-429
Dk Blue/White
Dk Blue/White
Dk Blue
Lt Blue/White
Purple/White
Dk Blue
OPEN
Purple/Red
OPEN
Pink/White
Pink/Yellow
60-120-3
OPEN
OPEN
Figure 60-120-7
N-19643
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-1207] from the controller.
N-18882
1
1
N-19642
N-17392
60-120-4
Figure 60-120-11
P13732
P13725
1
Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-9] from the
connector.
Figure 60-120-10
N-17786
P13733
With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-12010] and pull the wire from the connector.
1
P13725
P13732
1-Terminal - Red
2-Terminal - Black
3-Terminal - Green
60-120-5
Figure 60-120-14
Figure 60-120-13
2
3
1
2
N-17779
P13735
60-120-6
D-Terminal - Blank
E-Terminal - Blank
F-Terminal - Yellow/Red
G-Terminal - Yellow/Green
H-Terminal - Blank
J-Terminal - Blank
K-Terminal - Blank
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Brown/Red
B-Terminal - Brown/Black
C-Terminal - Brown/Lt. Green
Two-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Orange/Blue
B-Terminal - Orange/White
Five-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Dk. Green
B-Terminal - Brown
C-Terminal - Blank
D-Terminal - Yellow
E-Terminal - Blank
N-17772
Figure 60-120-16
N-17382
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Pink/Red
B-Terminal - Pink/Black
C-Terminal - Pink/Lt. Green
Left Switch Handle
Ten-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Orange
B-Terminal - Dk. Blue
C-Terminal - White
60-120-7
Figure 60-120-19
1
1
N-18912
N-17383
Figure 60-120-18
N-18940
1
Check the mounting block (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-20]
and bolts for wear and replace as needed.
N-17471
60-120-8
Figure 60-120-22
3
2
1
1
N-17742
N-17741
60-120-9
60-120-10
Figure 60-121-3
Components Identification
Figure 60-121-1
1
11
P13797
2
AHC Controller (Item 1) [Figure 60-121-3].
P16536
N-22797
Figure 60-121-4
Figure 60-121-2
P-21769B
1
N-19112
60-121-1
Advanced
Hand
Controls
Attachment
Control
Device
General
Warning
Fuel Level
Two Speed
Glow Plugs
System
Voltage
Seatbelt
Engine Oil
Pressure
Hydraulic
Charge
Pressure
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
Air Filter
Hydraulic
Filter
60-121-2
C-428
C-430
C-431
C-429
P/N
PIN
C-430
DESCRIPTION
P/N
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
C-428
PIN
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR, 8 WAY PLUG (LIFT) (TOP
ACTUATOR)
Orange/White
Dk Blue/White
Black
GROUND
Lt Green/White
MALE, 10 WAY
Dark Blue
OPEN
Brown/White
C-431
Brown/Dk Green
Purple/Yellow
OPEN
Pink/Dk Green
OPEN
Dk Blue
Brown/Yellow
Dk Blue/White
C-429
Dk Blue/White
Dk Blue/White
Dk Blue
Lt Blue/White
Purple/White
Dk Blue
OPEN
Purple/Red
OPEN
Pink/White
Pink/Yellow
60-121-3
OPEN
OPEN
Figure 60-121-7
1
1
N-19643
Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-1217] from the controller.
N-22656
1
1
N-22673
P16581
60-121-4
Figure 60-121-11
1
1
N-22790
1
Use an allen wrench, remove one of the two mounting
screws (Item 1) [Figure 60-121-11] from the handle
sensor.
N-22801
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60121-9] from the handle sensor connector.
Figure 60-121-12
Figure 60-121-10
1
2
1
P16580
N-22793
N-22803
60-121-5
Figure 60-121-15
N-22799
P16574
Remove the top mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 60-12113] from the handle sensor.
Figure 60-121-14
3
1
3
P16578
P16576
60-121-6
Figure 60-121-19
1
1
1
N-22794
P13725
P13732
Figure 60-121-20
Figure 60-121-18
1
2
1
P13725
P13732
P13733
With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-12118] and pull the wire from the connector.
Assembly: Install the wires into the connector as listed
below [Figure 60-121-18]:
1-Terminal - Red
2-Terminal - Black
3-Terminal - Green
60-121-7
Figure 60-121-22
1
Figure 60-121-21
2
1
3
2
N-17779
P13735
60-121-8
2
1
3
4
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Two-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Black
B-Terminal - Red
N-17772
Five-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Dk. Green
B-Terminal - Brown
C-Terminal - Blank
D-Terminal - Yellow
E-Terminal - Blank
Figure 60-121-24
N-22783
Roll the pistol grip handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-12124] down.
Using a small screwdriver, lift the handle tabs (Item 2)
[Figure 60-121-24] and slightly rotate the switch handle.
60-121-9
Figure 60-121-27
N-18912
N-22784
1
1
N-22794
N-18940
60-121-10
Figure 60-121-30
3
2
N-17742
N-17741
60-121-11
60-121-12
Figure 60-122-3
1
1
P-21767
Figure 60-122-4
P-24909
P-21769A
P-24203
60-122-1
General
Warning
Fuel Level
System
Voltage
Engine Oil
Pressure
Attachment
Control
Device
Two Speed
Glow Plugs
Seat belt
Hydraulic
Charge
Pressure
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
Air Filter
Hydraulic
Filter
To see what error occurred. Check the service code on the left instrument panel. (See Diagnostics on Page 60-80-1.)
60-122-2
G
F
H
J
K
E
D
A
B
C
J3
J1
H
J
K
G
F
F
E
D
E
D
G
H
A
B
C
J2
J3
J2
J1
C
J3
J1
J2
P-21843
P/N
J1
Orange
Orange
Green
Purple
Purple
Purple
Black
Black
J2
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
PIN
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
DESCRIPTION
P/N
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
5V HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
SWITCHED AHC POWER
HAND/FOOT INPUT
CAN SIGNAL HIGH AHC
CAN SIGNAL LOW AHC
CAN SHIELD AHC
AHC GROUND
AHC GROUND
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
TILT SPOOL SIGNAL
LIFT HANDLE SIGNAL
TILT HANDLE SIGNAL
LIFT SPOOL SIGNAL
LIFT PEDAL SIGNAL
TILT PEDAL SIGNAL
J3
Red
Red/White
Red/White
Black
Green
Red
Green
Black
Black
Black
60-122-3
PIN
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Figure 60-122-7
P16578
P-28964
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-1225] from the controller mounting bracket.
Figure 60-122-6
1
1
2
1
P13725
P13732
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60122-10] from the handle sensor connector.
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60122-10] from the blank handle connector.
Figure 60-122-9
Figure 60-122-11
1
2
P13733
P13732
P13725
1-Terminal - Red
2-Terminal - Black
3-Terminal - Green
Switch Handle Removal
Figure 60-122-10
3
1
P13735
P-24909
60-122-5
Figure 60-122-15
Figure 60-122-13
2
1
N-17779
1
P13732
P13725
Figure 60-122-16
Figure 60-122-14
1
2
3
1
N-17772
P13735
60-122-6
Figure 60-122-19
2
P-24234
1
Pull harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-122-19] out the bottom
of the control lever tube.
N-22783
Figure 60-122-20
N-24233
P-21699
60-122-7
Inspect the wire terminal tabs (Item 2) [Figure 60-12222] and re-bend tabs if necessary.
Figure 60-122-21
P-21700
Install the new switch handle and wires from the top of
the control lever.
Route wire (Item 1) [Figure 60-122-21] through the
casting, along side the handle sensor and into the control
lever tube.
NOTE: Do not pull the wire harness tight, allow a
small amount of slack or slight bend at the
handle pivot area. Verify the control handle
returns to neutral position.
Figure 60-122-22
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Left Switch Handle
Ten-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Orange
B-Terminal - Dk. Blue
C-Terminal - White
D-Terminal - Purple
E-Terminal - Yellow/Red
F-Terminal - Tan
G-Terminal - Pink
H-Terminal - Orange/Black
J-Terminal - Blank
K-Terminal - Blank
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Two-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Black
B-Terminal - Red
P-21695
Five-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Dk. Green
B-Terminal - Brown
C-Terminal - Blank
D-Terminal - Yellow
E-Terminal - Blank
60-122-8
Figure 60-122-25
1
1
3
2
P13735
N-17779
Figure 60-122-24
Figure 60-122-26
1
1
2
N-17772
P13735
60-122-9
Figure 60-122-29
1
N-17742
N-17741
N-18940
60-122-10
Components Identification
Figure 60-123-1
Figure 60-123-3
1
2
P-30209
P-21879
P-24203
Figure 60-123-4
1
P-21767
P-30077
P-21939
60-123-1
P-21769A
60-123-2
General
Warning
Fuel Level
System
Voltage
Engine Oil
Pressure
Attachment
Control
Device
Two Speed
Glow Plugs
Seat belt
Hydraulic
Charge
Pressure
Engine
Coolant
Temperature
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
Air Filter
Hydraulic
Filter
To see what error occurred, check the service code on the left instrument panel. (See Diagnostics on Page 60-80-1)
60-123-3
G
F
H
J
K
E
D
A
B
C
J3
J1
H
J
K
G
F
F
E
D
E
D
G
H
A
B
C
J2
J3
J2
J1
C
J3
J1
J2
P-21843
P/N
J1
Orange
Orange
Green
Purple
Purple
Purple
Black
Black
J2
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
PIN
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
DESCRIPTION
P/N
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
5V HALL EFFECT SUPPLY
SWITCHED AHC POWER
HAND/FOOT INPUT
CAN SIGNAL HIGH AHC
CAN SIGNAL LOW AHC
CAN SHIELD AHC
AHC GROUND
AHC GROUND
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
TILT SPOOL SIGNAL
LIFT HANDLE SIGNAL
TILT HANDLE SIGNAL
LIFT SPOOL SIGNAL
LIFT PEDAL SIGNAL
TILT PEDAL SIGNAL
J3
Red
Red/White
Red/White
Black
Green
Red
Green
Black
Black
Black
60-123-4
PIN
DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
P16578
P-28964
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-1236] from the controller mounting bracket.
Figure 60-123-7
1
1
P13725
P13732
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60123-11] from the handle sensor connector.
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60123-11] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
Figure 60-123-10
Figure 60-123-12
2
3
P13733
P13725
With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-12310] and pull the wire from the connector.
Installation: Install the wires into the connector as listed
below [Figure 60-123-10]:
P13732
1-Terminal - Red
2-Terminal - Black
3-Terminal - Green
Switch Handle Removal
Figure 60-123-11
1
2
1
P13735
P-28961
60-123-6
Figure 60-123-16
Figure 60-123-14
2
1
N-17779
1
P13725
P13732
Figure 60-123-17
Figure 60-123-15
1
1
N-17772
P13735
60-123-7
Figure 60-123-20
P-24234
1
Pull harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-123-20] out the bottom
of the control lever tube.
N-22783
Figure 60-123-21
P-24233
P-21699
1
When installing the new switch handle, tape the wire
terminals together.
N-22784
60-123-8
Inspect the wire terminal tabs (Item 2) [Figure 60-12323] and re-bend tabs if necessary.
Figure 60-123-22
P-21700
Install the new switch handle and wires from the top of
the control lever.
Route wire (Item 1) [Figure 60-123-22] through the
casting, along side the handle sensor and into the control
lever tube.
NOTE: Do not pull the wire harness tight, allow a
small amount of slack or slight bend at the
handle pivot area. Verify the control handle
returns to neutral position.
Figure 60-123-23
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Left Switch Handle
Ten-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Orange
B-Terminal - Dk. Blue
C-Terminal - White
D-Terminal - Purple
E-Terminal - Yellow/Red
F-Terminal - Tan
G-Terminal - Pink
H-Terminal - Orange/Black
J-Terminal - Blank
K-Terminal - Blank
Three-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Red/White
B-Terminal - Black/White
C-Terminal - Purple/White
Two-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Black
B-Terminal - Red
P-21695
Five-Pin Connector
A-Terminal - Dk. Green
B-Terminal - Brown
C-Terminal - Blank
D-Terminal - Yellow
E-Terminal - Blank
60-123-9
1
2
P13735
1
Left and Right Control Lever Switch Handle [Figure 60123-26]
1-Terminal - Red/White
2-Terminal - Black/White
3-Terminal - Purple/White
N-17779
Figure 60-123-25
Figure 60-123-27
1
1
2
N-17772
P13735
60-123-10
Figure 60-123-30
1
N-17742
N-17741
N-18940
60-123-11
2
1
P-21787
1
Remove solenoid (Item 1) from the solenoid mount (Item
2) [Figure 60-123-33].
P-21836
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60123-31] from the handle sensor connector.
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60123-31] from the handle lock solenoid connector.
Figure 60-123-32
P-21789
1
P-21832
60-123-12
Figure 60-123-37
P-21802
With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-12337] and pull the wire from the connector.
P-21787
Figure 60-123-36
.
1
1
P-21800
P-21801
60-123-13
With the seat bar down, turn the ignition key ON (keyless
panel press RUN/ENTER) [Figure 60-123-39].
Calibration Procedure
Figure 60-123-40
Figure 60-123-38
1
B-16627
P-24826
B-16628
or
Lower the seat bar.
Press the RUN/ENTER
B-16626
60-123-14
Figure 60-123-43
B-16628
1
Fully move both handles in toward the center of the cab
and hold the handles for one second (Item 1) [Figure 60123-43].
Fully move both handles out toward the cab side screens
and hold for one second (Item 2) [Figure 60-123-43].
B-16627
B-16628
Fully press the toe of the lift and tilt pedals (Item 1)
[Figure 60-123-44] down and hold for one second.
Fully press the heel of the lift and tilt pedals (Item 2)
[Figure 60-123-44] down and hold for one second.
Allow both pedals to return to neutral.
At the end of the twenty second time frame, the handles
and pedals will lock.
Calibration is complete.
60-123-15
Figure 60-123-46
B-16626
Figure 60-123-47
B-16628
1
B-16627
60-123-16
1
2
1
1
P-24269
Fully move both handles out toward the cab side screens
and hold for one second (Item 2) [Figure 60-123-48].
Allow both handles to return to neutral.
Calibration is complete.
4
3
2
1
P-24270
Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool
stop plate (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-12350].
NOTE: Do not disassemble the sensor assembly
(Item 5) [Figure 60-123-50]. The sensor
assembly is a calibrated assembly and cannot
be serviced. Order through Bobcat Parts.
60-123-17
1
P-24271
1
P-24269
Figure 60-123-52
5
4
2
1
P-24272
P-24273
3
Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-123-54] from the
connector.
P-24270
Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool
stop plate (Item 3), O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-123-52].
NOTE: Do not disassemble the sensor assembly
(Item 5) [Figure 60-123-52]. The sensor
assembly is a calibrated assembly and cannot
be serviced. Order through Bobcat Parts.
60-123-18
Figure 60-123-57
Figure 60-123-55
1
2
P-30078
P-21790
60-123-19
Figure 60-123-60
3
2
1
P-21802
1
1
P-21800
With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-12360] and pull the wire from the connector.
P-21801
60-123-20
Left Side
Control Handle
Switches
B-16447
xxxxxxxxx
Switch
Number
Solenoid Number
Activated
RH
HFH
Attachment
Harness
Terminal
Activated
1, 8
1, 8
2, 3
6, 7
K, A, D
1, 3
5, 7
K, A, C
1, 3
5, 7
K, E
1, 3
5, 7
K, F
1, 3
5, 7
K, G
1, 3
5, 7
K, H
--
--
Attachment Harness
Connector
Right Side
Control Handle
Switches
Fourteen Pin
Connector Viewed
from front
(pin side of
connector)
of loader.
B-16449
B-16448
Early
Version
1
Later
Version
NOTE: All diagnostics must be done at the fourteen pin connector (Item 1).
On earlier versions, the switch (Item 2) must be in the fourteen pin position. The later version ACD
(Attachment Control Device) without switch, automatically recognizes the use of the seven or fourteen pin
connector when connected.
If the ACD light flashes, check for diagnostic service codes. See the Electrical System Service Manual for
the proper procedure.
RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option.
HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option.
* If harness terminals K & L are jumped together, switches 4 thru 9 will function the same as switch 1 & 2.
* Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.
60-130-1
Standard Flow
Solenoid
Number
1
1
2
3
3 (Top)
4 (Bottom)
High Flow
5
8
9
2
7
6
7 (Bottom)
8 (Middle)
9 (Top)
MC-2314
Hydraulic
Coupler
Front
Female
(Rod)
Front
Male
(Base)
Diverter
Bleed - Rear
Male & Female
Rear
Female
(Rod)
Rear
Male
(Base)
Diverter
High
Flow
Bleed - Rear
Male & Female
Wiring
Number
4330
4340
4450
4480
4430
4440
4450
4460
4480
NOTE: Pushing the Hydraulic Pressure release button ON activates solenoids number 1, 4 and 9. The high flow
button in the left side instrument panel must be pushed ON to activate solenoid number 8.
60-130-2
ENGINE SERVICE
AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-40-1
Removal And Installation (Non Turbo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-40-1
Removal And Installation ( Turbo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-40-2
COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-1
Blower Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-4
Blower Housing Grill Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . 70-60-4
Drive Tension Pulley Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . 70-60-1
Gearbox Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-11
Gearbox/Blower Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . 70-60-2
Gearbox Checking Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-16
Gearbox Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-7
Gearbox Parts Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-60-6
ENGINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-1
Engine Mount Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-7
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-1
ENGINE COMPONENTS AND TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-4
Compression Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1
Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . 70-70-5
Fuel Injector Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-13
Fuel Injector Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-12
Fuel Injector Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-12
Fuel Injector Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-10
Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-3
Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-3
Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . 70-70-4
Glow Plugs Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-2
Glow Plugs Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-2
Rocker Arm And Shaft Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-14
Timing The Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-8
Valve Clearance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-13
Valve Timing, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-14
ENGINE
SERVICE
70-90-1
70-90-1
70-90-2
70-90-2
70-01
70-02
TROUBLESHOOTING
Chart
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most
common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.
PROBLEM
Slow cranking speed.
Engine will not start.
Difficult to start.
No power for engine.
Engine is mis-firing.
Too much fuel consumption.
Black exhaust.
Blue/white exhaust.
Low oil pressure.
Engine knocking.
Engine running rough.
Vibration.
High oil pressure warning.
Overheating.
Too much crankcase pressure.
Poor compression.
Start and stop.
CAUSE
1, 2, 3
2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 27, 28, 29
1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29
8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28
10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29
4, 10, 15, 16, 17, 21, 23, 27, 29, 30, 50
4, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 52
13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 40, 41, 53
7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 40, 53
12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 40, 42, 43
4, 33, 36
10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 21, 40, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 51
22, 27, 29, 30, 40, 49
10, 16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41, 53
9, 10, 11
70-10-1
TROUBLESHOOTING (CONTD)
Chart (Contd)
KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE
1. Alternator belt is loose or damaged.
2. Bad electrical connections.
3. Faulty starter motor.
4. Incorrect grade of oil.
5. Low cranking speed.
6. Fuel tank empty.
7. Faulty stop control operation.
8. Plugged fuel line.
9. Plugged fuel filter.
10. Restriction in the air cleaner.
11. Air in the fuel system.
12. Faulty fuel injection pump.
13. Faulty fuel injectors.
14. Broken injection pump drive.
15. Incorrect injection pump timing.
16. Incorrect valve timing.
17. Poor compression.
18. Plugged fuel tank vent.
19. Incorrect grade of fuel.
20. Exhaust pipe restriction.
21. Cylinder head gasket leaking.
22. Overheating.
23. Cold running.
24. Incorrect tappet adjustment.
25. Sticking valves.
26. Incorrect fuel lines.
27. Worn cylinder bores.
70-10-2
Figure 70-20-2
WARNING
P-4072
Pull the speed control away from the loader frame and
disconnect the speed control rod (Item 1) [Figure 70-202] from the control.
Installation: Be sure to install the control rod in the
bottom hole of the speed control.
Figure 70-20-3
Figure 70-20-1
1
1
2
2
P-4068
N-18878
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm device.
(See Installing Lift Arm Support Device on Page 10-201.)
Installation: Install the stop bracket (Item 1) [Figure 7020-3] in the same location. It is necessary for the front
and rear stop on the bracket to be located correctly.
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-201] and nuts from the speed control mounting bracket.
Disassembly
70-20-1
70-20-2
Figure 70-30-2
MUFFLER
Removal And Installation
Figure 70-30-1
1
3
N-19198
Remove the right side mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 7030-2] from the muffler.
N-19199
Remove the left side mounting bolt (Item 3) [Figure 7030-1] from the muffler.
70-30-1
70-30-2
Figure 70-40-3
AIR CLEANER
Removal And Installation (Non Turbo)
Figure 70-40-1
2
N-19437
N-19436
Figure 70-40-2
N-19435
70-40-1
Figure 70-40-6
1
1
2
2
P-28915
P-34449
Figure 70-40-5
P-34450
70-40-2
RADIATOR
Removal And Installation
WARNING
Figure 70-50-3
Figure 70-50-1
1
N-19211
1
N-19212
N-19200
70-50-1
Figure 70-50-7
RADIATOR (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-50-5
1
2
N-19436
N-19382
Figure 70-50-8
Remove the hose clamp (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-5] from
the inlet hose.
Figure 70-50-6
2
1
3
N-19213
70-50-2
Figure 70-60-3
COOLING FAN
Drive Tension Pulley Removal And Installation
Figure 70-60-1
P0581
P0580
P0585
Figure 70-60-4
3
Figure 70-60-2
4
3
2
5
N-00303
Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-2] & [Figure 7060-4] from the idler pulley pivot arm (Item 6) [Figure 7060-4].
P0582
70-60-1
Figure 70-60-6
1
2
N-19188
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 70-60-5
Figure 70-60-7
2
N-19169
Oil Level
N-19375
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm device.
(See Installing Lift Arm Support Device on Page 10-201.)
70-60-2
Figure 70-60-10
P13920
Lower the blower fan from the housing until it rests on the
steering linkage plate [Figure 70-60-10].
N-19376
Figure 70-60-11
Figure 70-60-9
N-19378
P-4301
70-60-3
WARNING
Figure 70-60-12
W-2108-1186
Figure 70-60-13
P-43448
70-60-4
Figure 70-60-16
1
1
1
CD-9954
P3006
Figure 70-60-17
Use the following procedure to remove the fan from the
shaft.
Install the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-14] on the tapered
shaft to protect the shaft and threads.
Install the puller on the fan as shown [Figure 70-60-14].
As the center bolt (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-14] is tightened,
periodically strike the bolt head to loosen the fan from the
shaft.
Figure 70-60-15
CD-8954
CD-9953
70-60-5
1. Seal
2. Snap Ring (Small)
3. Shims (1.0 inch O.D.)
4. Bearing
5. Shaft (Long)
6. Shims (2.0 inch O.D.)
7. Long Key
8. Shaft (Short)
9. Short Key
10. Long Housing
11. Nut
12. Gear
13. Washer
14. Screw
15. Square Shim
*16. Short Housing
17. Bolt
18. Snap Ring (Large)
19. Cap
20. Long Housing Assy.
21. Short Housing Assy.
22. Fill Plug
1
18
1
8
22
4
12
13
14
9
21
10
*16
11
15
17
12
20
3
4
13
14
18
19
* Individual Part not available. (See Note Page 70-60-7.)
70-60-6
t s-1002a
WARNING
Gearbox Disassembly
NOTE: When repairing the
following as needed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
gearbox
order
the
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety goggles to prevent eye injury when
drilling or grinding.
Complete Assembly
Long Housing Assembly
Long Housing
Short Housing Assembly (See Note Below)
Internal Parts
W-2108-1186
Figure 70-60-19
P2983
Remove the four mounting bolts and the part number tag
[Figure 70-60-19].
Figure 70-60-18
2
1
3
P-37891
Long Housing:
P2999
Loosen the set bolts (Item 1) and remove the pulley (Item
2) [Figure 70-60-18].
Remove the long key (Item 3) [Figure 70-60-18].
70-60-7
Figure 70-60-23
P2966
P2964
P3004
P2963
Support the lower flange and press the shaft from the
bearing [Figure 70-60-24].
NOTE: The gear and the other bearing (pulley end) will
be removed with the shaft.
70-60-8
Figure 70-60-27
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety goggles to prevent eye injury when
drilling or grinding.
W-2108-1186
Figure 70-60-25
P2996
P3298
Support the bearing and press the shaft from the bearing
[Figure 70-60-25].
Short Housing:
P2970
Figure 70-60-26
Remove the large snap ring from the flange end of the
housing [Figure 70-60-28].
P2997
70-60-9
Figure 70-60-31
P2973
Remove the snap ring from the cap end of the housing
[Figure 70-60-31].
P2969
Figure 70-60-32
Remove the large shims from the housing [Figure 70-6029].
NOTE: Use the same size and thickness of shims
during assembly.
Figure 70-60-30
1
P2998
P2978
Remove the screw and washer (Item 1) [Figure 70-6030] from the shaft.
70-60-10
Figure 70-60-35
P2972
Gearbox Assembly
Press the bearing from the tapered end of the shaft
[Figure 70-60-33].
Figure 70-60-36
Figure 70-60-34
P2961
NOTE: See Gearbox Parts Identification on Page 7060-6. When ordering parts for the Fan
Gearbox.
P3001
Press the bearing, shims and gear from the shaft [Figure
70-60-34].
70-60-11
Figure 70-60-39
P2963
P2964
Install the small snap ring in the groove above the shims
[Figure 70-60-40].
P2962
70-60-12
Figure 70-60-43
P2966
Short Housing:
Figure 70-60-42
Figure 70-60-44
P2967
P2968
70-60-13
Figure 70-60-47
1
P2971
Align and press the gear on the shaft (teeth toward the
tapered end of the shaft) [Figure 70-60-47].
Install the large shims on the bearing (flanged end)
[Figure 70-60-45].
Figure 70-60-48
Figure 70-60-46
P2975
P2970
After the gear is seated, drive the key down inside the
gear key way [Figure 70-60-48].
Install the large snap ring in the groove above the shims
[Figure 70-60-46].
70-60-14
Figure 70-60-51
P2974
P2976
Figure 70-60-52
Install the shaft in the housing, tapered end in the bearing
at the round flange end of the housing [Figure 70-60-49].
Figure 70-60-50
P2973
P2977
Install on the shaft, the same number and size shims that
were removed during disassembly [Figure 70-60-50].
70-60-15
Figure 70-60-55
P2981
P2978
Figure 70-60-54
Figure 70-60-56
Part Number
Tag
P2987
P2983
70-60-16
Figure 70-60-59
2
1
1.0
(25,4 mm)
P-37893
P-37894
P-37892
70-60-17
Figure 70-60-61
LONG HOUSING
Figure 70-60-60
P2985
Figure 70-60-62
P3089
SHORT HOUSING
When the backlash is correct, install the seals, cap and
gear oil as follows:
Remove the bolts from the flanges and separate the two
housings.
Put liquid adhesive (LOCTITE #242) on the outside
diameter of the seal(s) [Figure 70-60-60].
P2986
70-60-18
Compression Checking
Figure 70-70-1
P-4309
P-4308
Figure 70-70-6
Figure 70-70-4
1
3
2
P-4300
P-4304
Disconnect the engine harness wire (Item 2) [Figure 7070-6] from the glow plug.
Figure 70-70-5
Remove the glow plug connecting strap (Item 3) [Figure
70-70-6].
Figure 70-70-7
P-4310
Touch one probe to the end of the glow plug and the
other probe to the body of glow plug [Figure 70-70-5].
The reading must be between 1 and 2 ohms [Figure 7070-4]. If the resistance is infinite, the coil of the glow plug
is broken.
Repeat the procedure for each glow plug.
P-4302
70-70-2
Figure 70-70-10
N-19450
P-4307
Figure 70-70-9
Lever
0.050
(1,27 mm)
Stop
B-13704
N-19338
Stop the engine and open the rear door [Figure 70-70-9].
Disconnect the connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-9] from
the fuel shut-off solenoid.
Use an ohmmeter to check the fuel shut-off solenoid.
70-70-3
Figure 70-70-14
N-19426
Remove the linkage mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 7070-14] from the fuel injector pump.
N-19338
Figure 70-70-15
Stop the engine and open the rear door [Figure 70-7012].
Figure 70-70-13
1
N-19425
N-19424
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
70-70-4
W-2072-0496
IMPORTANT
Figure 70-70-16
Figure 70-70-17
1
1
2
B-8235
P-4319
5 Seconds
70-70-5
Figure 70-70-20
P-4316
Remove the high pressure fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 7070-20] from the injection pump.
Disconnect the fuel shut-off linkage (Item 1) [Figure 7070-18].
Figure 70-70-21
Figure 70-70-19
2
2
1
1
P-4356
P-4312
70-70-6
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
I-2028-0289
I-2028-0289
Figure 70-70-22
Figure 70-70-24
2
P-4357
P-4363
Installation: Remove the side cover (Item 1) [Figure 7070-24] from the injection pump chamber.
Figure 70-70-25
Figure 70-70-23
1
P-4362
P-4359
70-70-7
IMPORTANT
Figure 70-70-26
I-2086-1195
IMPORTANT
Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are
trained and have the correct equipment.
I-2028-0289
P-4364
Figure 70-70-28
Install the shim(s) (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-26] on the
injection pump mounting surface. (See Timing The
Injection Pump on Page 70-70-8.) for information on
number of shims used.
2
Figure 70-70-27
P-4306
2
P-4360
Disconnect the fuel shut-off linkage (Item 1) [Figure 7070-28] from the injection pump.
Turn the fuel supply lever (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-28] to
the ON position (to the right).
70-70-8
Rotate slowly until fuel just starts to flow upward into the
plastic tube.
Figure 70-70-29
Figure 70-70-31
1
P-4361
P-4364
Figure 70-70-30
14.5
18
Rotation
MC-1542A
Rotation
Direction
P-4315
70-70-9
Figure 70-70-33
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
P-4318
W-2072-0496
Disconnect the fuel return hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-7032] & [Figure 70-70-33] from the injectors.
Figure 70-70-34
IMPORTANT
Do not bend the high pressure fuel injection tubes
when removing or installing them.
I-2029-0289
P-4330
P-4311
70-70-10
Figure 70-70-37
1
2
1
P-4358
P-4353
Remove the retainer nut from the top of the fuel injectors
(Item 1) [Figure 70-70-35].
Remove the fuel return tube (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-35]
from the fuel injectors.
Figure 70-70-36
P-4354
70-70-11
Figure 70-70-39
IMPORTANT
Do not disassemble or test the injector nozzles
unless you have the correct service and testing
tools.
I-2121-0297
2
3
Figure 70-70-38
4
5
6
CORRECT WRONG
A-2621
70-70-12
Figure 70-70-40
Figure 70-70-42
A-2513
B-5569
Figure 70-70-43
Cylinder Number
Valve Number
Valve
I = Intake
E = Exhaust
Use the following sequence to set the valves [Figure 7070-42]& [Figure 70-70-43]:
With the rocker arm rocking (valves 7 & 8) on No. 4
cylinder set clearance at No. 1 cylinder (valves 1 & 2).
3
B-5568
70-70-13
Figure 70-70-45
Figure 70-70-44
5
2
1
1
2
B-14341
B-3697
Measure the rocker arm shaft O.D. (Item 2) [Figure 7070-44] with a outside micrometer.
0.0006-0.0015 inch
(0,016-0,038 mm)
Allowable Limit
0.550-0.551 inch
(13,97-13,98 mm)
0.5512-0.5516 inch
(14,0-14,01 mm)
70-70-14
Figure 70-80-2
ENGINE
Removal And Installation
WARNING
N-19539
W-2059-0598
Figure 70-80-1
N-19188
70-80-1
Figure 70-80-6
ENGINE (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-80-4
3
2
N-18893
Disconnect the pilot pressure hose (Item 1) [Figure 7080-6] from the fitting on the hydraulic pump if equipped.
P-48164
Disconnect the outlet tube/hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-806] to the main control valve, from the fitting on the
hydraulic pump.
Mark the four drive motor hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-804] for correct installation.
Figure 70-80-7
Figure 70-80-5
N-19244
1
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-7] and mounting
bolt from the right front engine mount.
N-20272
ENGINE (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
70-80-2
Figure 70-80-8
N-20285
Remove the battery cable bracket (Item 1) [Figure 7080-8] from the loader. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 60-20-1.)
Figure 70-80-9
N-18478
ENGINE (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-80-12
N-20282
Figure 70-80-10
N-19338
1
Disconnect the rear light harness connector (Item 1)
[Figure 70-80-12] from the engine harness.
N-19437
70-80-3
Figure 70-80-15
Figure 70-80-13
N-19198
N-19424
Figure 70-80-14
2
1
N-19427
70-80-4
Figure 70-80-18
ENGINE (CONT'D)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-80-16
1
1
N-20277
Figure 70-80-19
N-20279
Figure 70-80-17
N-19382
1
Disconnect the radiator hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-18]
& [Figure 70-80-19] from the engine.
Figure 70-80-20
P-3971
1
1
N-20267
Figure 70-80-23
ENGINE (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-80-21
1
N-19423
Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 7080-23] from the left rear engine mount.
N-20172
Disconnect the fuel return hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-8021] from the injector.
Figure 70-80-22
13
2.5
2.5
1
28
45
1
N-20268
Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 7080-22] from the right rear engine mount.
.5
.3125(2)
4
1
.375
MC-1799C
70-80-6
Figure 70-80-27
ENGINE (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
1
Figure 70-80-25
N-20309
Figure 70-80-26
70-80-7
Figure 70-80-29
Figure 70-80-28
1
Engine
Mounting
Bracket
Washer
4
Engine
Mount
Loader
Frame
5
6
Spacer
Snubbing
Washer
7
MC-1771
MC-1765
Replace all four engine mounts two front and two rear.
Use the parts shown to install the new engine mounts
[Figure 70-80-28]:
Square Nut - (Item 1) - Used on left side engine mounts
Hex Nut - (Item 2) - Used on right side engine mounts
Mount Washer - (Item 3)
Engine Mount - (Item 4)
Tube Spacer - (Item 5)
Snubbing Washer - (Item 6)
Mounting Bolt - (Item 7)
70-80-8
Figure 70-90-3
1
1
3
1
2
P-4234
P-4230
Remove the three belt shield clips (Item 1) [Figure 7090-1] and remove the shield from the drive belt housing.
Figure 70-90-2
P-4223
70-90-1
Figure 70-90-5
Figure 70-90-4
P-4223
1
P-4237
Loosen the drive belt tensioner bolt (Item 1) [Figure 7090-5] from the housing and remove the drive belt.
NOTE: Photos may be different but the procedure is
the same for all models.
The ring gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-4] on the flywheel is
an interference fit. Heat the ring gear enough to expand
the gear. Hit the ring gear evenly around the gear to
remove it from the flywheel.
P-4234
70-90-2
Figure 70-90-9
1
2
1
P-4238
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-909] from the drive belt housing which mount the
hydrostatic pump to the housing.
P-4236
Remove the drive belt tensioner (Item 2) [Figure 70-909] from the drive belt housing. (See DRIVE BELT on
Page 30-50-1.)
Figure 70-90-8
Figure 70-90-10
1
P-4235
P-4231
70-90-3
P-51795
70-90-4
Figure 70-100-3
B-14333
Figure 70-100-4
Remove the nuts from the valve cover, remove the valve
cover and gasket [Figure 70-100-1]
6
14
11
18
10
17
15
13
16
12
FRONT
PI9985A
Figure 70-100-2
B-14332A
B-14332
Figure 70-100-7
4
3
6
Valve
Spring
Retainer
Seal
Collets
Cap
B-4122A
Installation: Always use new head gasket and new Oring. Make sure the O-ring is seated over the dowel
[Figure 70-100-5].
Remove the valve spring retainer (Item 3) [Figure 70100-6] & [Figure 70-100-7] and the spring (Item 4)
[Figure 70-100-6] & [Figure 70-100-7].
Figure 70-100-6
Figure 70-100-8
1
3
2
PI9987A
B-3643
70-100-2
Figure 70-100-11
2
1
1
3
PI9989A
A-2735
PI9988
70-100-3
Figure 70-100-14
B-14335
B-3634
Figure 70-100-13
2
0.3156-0.3161 inch
(8,015-8,03 mm)
0.3134-0.3142 inch
(7,96-7,98 mm)
0.0016-0.0026 inch
(0,04-0,07 mm)
0.004 inch (0,1 mm)
Figure 70-100-15
7.87 (200 mm)
0.787
0.51-0.511
(20 mm) (12,96-12,98
mm)
1.57
(40 mm)
0.295-0.303
(7,5-7,7 mm)
0.393
(10,0 mm)
0.2
(5,0 mm)
0.71
(18,0 mm)
PI9990A
0.31
(8,0 mm)
0.59
(15,0 mm)
0.51
(13,0 mm)
MC-1364
70-100-4
Figure 70-100-18
15
Intake
Exhaust
Figure 70-100-16
45 (60)
PI9994A
2
Grind the valve seat surface in the cylinder head to the
correct angle [Figure 70-100-18].
PI9992A
Figure 70-100-19
Press the used valve guide out of the cylinder head using
the special driver tool [Figure 70-100-16].
Intake
Exhaust
15 30
(a)
(a)
Figure 70-100-17
PI9995A
PI9993
70-100-5
Figure 70-100-21
Valve Spring
Figure 70-100-20
A-2759
Setting Length
Setting Load
Allowable Limit
70-100-6
Figure 70-100-23
1
2
B-14336
B-3697
0.0007-0.0026 inch
(0,018-0,070 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
0.5501-0.5506 inch
(13,973-13,984 mm)
0.5512-0.5519 inch
(14,00-14,01 mm)
B-14337
0.0006-0.0018 inch
(0,016-0,045 mm)
0.006 inch (0,15 mm)
0.5501-0.5506 inch
(13,973-13,984 mm)
0.5512-0.5519 inch
(14,0-14,018 mm)
70-100-7
Figure 70-100-27
2
2
B-14339
1
Remove the crankshaft pulley (Item 1) and key (Item 2)
[Figure 70-100-27].
Remove the bolts from the timing gearcase cover.
B-14338
Remove the start spring (Item 1) from the fork lever (Item
2) [Figure 70-100-25].
Installation: Be careful; do not drop the spring into the
gearcase.
Figure 70-100-26
B-4095
70-100-8
1
2
4
B-14340
Figure 70-100-30
1
2
B-14341
Oil Seal
O-rings
B-3617A
Remove the snap ring (Item 3) from the idler gear shaft
(Item 1) [Figure 70-100-31].
Installation: Make sure the timing marks are in correct
alignment when installing the timing gears [Figure 70100-31].
70-100-9
Figure 70-100-34
0.003-0.009
(0,07-0,22mm)
2
PI-10002
Allowable Limit
B-3620
B-3655
70-100-10
Kubota V2203-EB
Figure 70-100-36
Figure 70-100-38
A-2761
1.578-1.5758 inch
(40,0-40,025) mm
1.5722-1.5728 inch
(39,934-39,95) mm
0.002-0.0036 inch
(0,05-0,09) mm
0.006 inch (0,15) mm
A-2760
Figure 70-100-37
B-5001
70-100-11
Figure 70-100-40
Figure 70-100-39
1.575
(40 mm)
1.258-1.259
(31,96-35,97 mm)
1.413-1.415
(35,9-35,95 mm)
MC-1366
Figure 70-100-41
Measure the O.D. of the idler gear shaft [Figure 70-10039].
Measure the I.D. of the idler gear busing [Figure 70-10039].
If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
bushing.
Kubota V2203-EB
Idler Gear Shaft O.D.
Idler Gear Bushing I.D.
Clearance Between Idler
Shaft & Gear Bushing
Allowable Limit
1.258-1.259 inch
(31,96-31,98 mm)
1.2598-1.2608 inch
(32,0-32,03 mm)
0.001-0.0026 inch
(0,025-0,07 mm)
0.004 inch (0,1 mm)
PI-10004
1.4944-1.4951 inch
(37,959-37,975 mm)
1.4961-1.4970 inch
(38,0-38, 025 mm)
0.0039 inch (0,10 mm)
0.0010-0.0026 inch
(0,025-0,066mm)
0.0039 inch (0,10 mm)
70-100-12
B-14342
PI-10005
0.0016-0.0044 inch
(0,0415-0,1122 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
0.0016-0.0045 inch
(0,0415-0,1154 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
0.0016-0.0045 inch
(0,0415-0,1154 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
0.0016-0.0043 inch
(0,0415-0,109 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
B-14343
70-100-13
1
2
9
12
6
7
B-3686
10
Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing
Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70100-7.)
11
13
1. Start Spring
2. Governor Spring
3. Governor Spring
4. Fork Lever
5. Fork Lever
6. Fork Lever Shaft
7. Fork Lever Holder
8. Governor Lever
9. Fuel Camshaft.
10. Governor Ball Case
11. Steel Balls
12. Governor Sleeve
13. Steel Ball
70-100-14
2
B-3616
B-3658
70-100-15
Figure 70-100-50
PI-10009
Clearance Between
Inner & Outer Rotor
Clearance Between
Outer Rotor & Body
0.0039-0.0063 inch
(0,10-0,16 mm)
0.0043-0.0075 inch
(0,11-0,19 mm)
End Clearance
70-100-16
Relief Valve
Figure 70-100-52
PI-10011A
PI-10010
Remove the valve seat (Item 2), ball (Item 3) and spring
(Item 1) [Figure 70-100-52].
70-100-17
Figure 70-100-54
PI-10013A
PI-10013B
B-14344
Remove the top edge from the cylinder bore with a ridge
reamer.
Figure 70-100-55
82.8
A-2903A
70-100-18
Figure 70-100-58
3
1
PI-10014B
4
B-3621
180
A-2733
3
Measure the I.D. of the piston pin bore in both horizontal
and vertical directions [Figure 70-100-59].
PI-10015A
PI-10015B
70-100-19
0.9843-0.9848 inch
(25,0-25,013 mm)
0.9862 inch (25,05 mm)
Figure 70-100-61
Figure 70-100-60
1.098-1.1004
(27,9-27,95 mm)
0.984-0.985
(25,0-25,011 mm)
MC-1366
2
To replace the connecting rod small end bushing, make a
driver tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-100-61].
1
Figure 70-100-62
B-3633
0.9843-0.9847 inch
(25,002-25,011 mm)
0.9852-0.9858 inch
(25,025-25,04 mm)
0.006-0.0015 inch
(0,014-0,038 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
PI-10016
70-100-20
Compression Ring
Figure 70-100-63
Allowable Limit
Oil Ring
Allowable Limit
0.0037-0.0047 inch
(0,093-0,120 mm)
0.0079 inch (0,2 mm)
0.0008-0.002 inch
(0,02-0,052 mm)
0.0059 inch (0,15 mm)
B-3622
Install new piston ring into the lower part of the cylinder
bore. Measure the ring gap with a feeler gauge [Figure
70-100-63].
If the gap exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
cylinder liner.
Compression Ring Gap
Oil Ring Gap
Allowable Limit
0.0118-0.0177 inch
(0,3-0,45 mm)
0.0098-0.0177 inch
(0,25-0,45 mm)
0.0492 inch (1,25 mm)
Figure 70-100-64
B-4067
PI-10017
70-100-21
Figure 70-100-66
B-9565
B-3648
End Play
Allowable Limit
0.0059-0.0122 inch
(0,15-0,31 mm)
0.0197 inch (0,5 mm)
Figure 70-100-69
Installation: Tighten the bearing case cover bolts to 1315 ft.-lbs. (18-21 Nm) torque.
Install two bolts into the bearing case cover and pull the
cover out [Figure 70-100-66].
Figure 70-100-67
B-14346
B-14345
70-100-22
Figure 70-100-72
PI-10021
PI-10020
A-2763
B-4092
70-100-23
0.0008 inch
(0,02 mm)
Oil Clearance
Allowable
Limit
1.8504-1.8522 inch
(47,0-47,046 mm)
1.8488-1.8494 inch
(46,959-46,975 mm)
0.0009-0.0034 inch
(0,025-0,087 mm)
0.0079 inch (0,2 mm)
Figure 70-100-76
120
A-2727
Figure 70-100-75
Check the wear on the crankshaft sleeve [Figure 70100-76].
Wear of Sleeve
A-2716
70-100-24
Figure 70-100-79
2
1
B-3618
PI-10023B
Bearing I.D.
2.0465-2.0488 inch
(51,98-52,039 mm)
2.0441-2.0449 inch
(51,921-51,94 mm)
0.0016-0.0046 inch
(0,04-0,118 mm)
0.0079 inch (0,2 mm)
Journal O.D.
Oil Clearance
Allowable Limit
Figure 70-100-80
Figure 70-100-78
REMOVAL TOOL
5.31 (135 mm)
0.8
(20 mm)
2.83
(72 mm)
2.0413-2.0433
(51,85-51,90 mm)
0.4
(10 mm)
2.2328-2.2402
(56,85-56,90 mm)
MC-1367
70-100-25
Figure 70-100-83
INSTALLATION
TOOL
0.8
(20 mm)
0.35
(9 mm)
2.83
(72 mm)
2.2328-2.2402
(56,85-56,90 mm)
PI-10025
0.4
(10 mm)
2.0412-2.0433
(51,85-51,90 mm)
MC-1365
Install the main bearing case halves and tighten the bolts.
Remove the bearing case halves.
Measure the flattened press gauge [Figure 70-100-83].
If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the
crankshaft bearing.
0.165-0.177
(4,2-4,5 mm)
2.0441-2.0449 inch
(51,92-51,94 mm)
2.0465-2.0482 inch
(51,98-52,03 mm)
0.0016-0.0041 inch
(0,04-0,104 mm)
0.0079 inch (0,2 mm)
PI-10024A
70-100-26
B-5318
B-4066
Figure 70-100-87
Figure 70-100-85
B-5324A
Put the water pump in a vise and remove the nut [Figure
70-100-87].
A-2717
Kubota V2203-EB
The specification is 3.4252-3.4261 inches (87,0-87,022
mm). The wear limit is +0.0059 inch (+0,15 mm)
Kubota V2003T-EB (Turbo)
The specification is 3.2677-3.2686 inches (83,0-83,022
mm). The wear limit is +0.0059 inch (+0,15 mm).
If the cylinder bore is not within specifications, re-bore the
cylinder for oversize piston.
70-100-27
Figure 70-100-89
A-2783A
Drive the shaft out of the impeller side of the water pump
housing [Figure 70-100-88].
70-100-28
TURBOCHARGER
Troubleshooting
The chart below is given to assist in the correct diagnosis of turbocharger faults.
PROBLEM
CAUSE
70-110-1
TURBOCHARGER (CONT'D)
Description
WARNING
Turbochargers, operate at high speed and high
temperatures. Keep fingers, tools and other objects
away from the inlet and outlet ports. Avoid contact
with hot surfaces.
W-2257-1196
1
Figure 70-110-1
P16226
Remove the compressor outlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 70110-3] from the turbo.
Figure 70-110-4
P16199
1
P16227
P16201
Figure 70-110-7
TURBOCHARGER (CONT'D)
Removal and Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 70-110-5
1
1
P16231
P16216
Figure 70-110-6
Figure 70-110-8
2
1
P16230
Remove the oil supply line fitting (Item 1) [Figure 70-1105] and the brass washer(s) (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-6]
from the turbocharger.
Installation: Tighten to 12-15 ft.-lbs. (16,0-20,3 Nm)
torque.
P16233
70-110-3
Figure 70-110-11
Figure 70-110-9
P16234
P16236
Figure 70-110-10
Figure 70-110-12
2
P16206
P16230
Remove the turbocharger assembly (Item 1) [Figure 70110-12] from the engine.
Reverse the
turbocharger.
removal
procedure
to
install
the
70-110-4
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE
SYSTEM
COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-20-1
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-20-1
COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-110-1
Compressor Clutch Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-110-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-110-1
CONDENSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-120-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-120-1
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-190-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-190-1
EVAPORATOR/HEATER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-160-1
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-160-3
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-160-1
HVAC
80-60-1
80-60-3
80-60-1
80-60-2
80-01
80-210-1
80-210-2
80-210-1
80-210-4
80-40-1
80-40-2
80-40-2
80-40-1
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
Safety Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-30-1
SYSTEM CHARGING AND RECLAMATION . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Procedure With A Manifold Gauge Set . . . . . .
Reclamation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80-100-1
80-100-5
80-100-4
80-100-1
80-02
80-10-1
80-10-2
Thermostat
Cold Air
Evaporator
5
Evaporator
4
Expansion Valve
Blower
1 Compressor
2 Condenser
Sight
Glass
Pressure
Switch
Fan
Dessicant
3
Receiver Drier
Status Of R134a_______________________________________________
High Pressure Gas
80-10-3
80-10-4
Figure 80-20-3
COMPONENTS
Identification
Figure 80-20-1
1
1
P-24219
P-24288
Receiver/Drier: The receiver/drier (Item 1) [Figure 80-203] is the unit that receives the liquid refrigerant from the
condenser and removes moisture and foreign matter
from the system. It also serves as a storage tank for the
extra liquid refrigerant until it is needed by the
evaporator.
Figure 80-20-4
NOTE: The
A/C
system
(Compressor)
is
recommended to be turned on for at least 5
minutes weekly throughout the year to
lubricate the internal components.
Figure 80-20-2
1
N-22206
P-24215
80-20-1
Figure 80-20-7
COMPONENTS (CONT'D)
Identification (Cont'd)
Figure 80-20-5
1
2
N-22087
1
Evaporator Coil: The evaporator coil (Item 1) [Figure 8020-7] cools and dehumidifies the air before it enters the
cab.
P-24227
Figure 80-20-6
Figure 80-20-8
1
P-21902
N-22100
80-20-2
Figure 80-20-11
COMPONENTS (CONT'D)
Identification (Cont'd)
Figure 80-20-9
2
3
4
P-24229
N-22261
P-24232
Heater Valve: The heater valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-2010] is used to control the amount of engine coolant that
flows to the heater coil.
80-20-3
80-20-4
SAFETY
WARNING
Safety Equipment
Figure 80-30-1
WARNING
Figure 80-30-2
P16399
W-2373-0500
80-30-1
80-30-2
Figure 80-40-3
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Filter Elements Removal And Installation
Figure 80-40-1
1
P-21906
P-21904
P-21905
Remove the filter cover and filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-402] from the loader.
1
N-22153
Remove the two retaining knobs (Item 1) [Figure 80-404] from the recirculating air filter cover, at the back of the
cab.
Remove the retaining cover (Item 2) [Figure 80-40-4]
from the loader cab.
80-40-1
Figure 80-40-7
Figure 80-40-5
P-24288
P-21907
Figure 80-40-6
N-22274
80-40-2
Figure 80-40-10
2
P-24313
1
P-24213A
With water or air, the condenser (Item 1) [Figure 80-4010] can be cleaned.
P-24213
80-40-3
80-40-4
BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING
Poor A/C Performance
Figure 80-50-1
Check the A/C evaporator coil for dirt or mud, and clean if
necessary. (See Poor A/C Performance on Page 80-501.)
Inspect the sight glass located on the receiver/drier for air
bubbles. (See RECEIVER/DRIER on Page 80-130-1.)
Figure 80-50-3
Figure 80-50-2
N-22122
N-22411
80-50-1
Figure 80-50-6
1
2
N-22119
N-22130
Figure 80-50-5
N-22120
N-22129
80-50-2
Figure 80-50-10
N-22125
N-22123
Figure 80-50-11
N-22127
N-22124
80-50-3
P-24288
P-21912
Figure 80-50-13
N-22284
80-50-4
Figure 80-50-17
1
1
P-24314
P-24300
Disconnect the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-5015] from the compressor clutch wire.
Figure 80-50-18
Figure 80-50-16
P-24299
P-24314
the
80-50-5
Figure 80-50-21
N-22258
P-24315
Figure 80-50-22
Using a multimeter check the loader wiring harness (Item
1) [Figure 80-50-19] for voltage.
The voltage should be around 12 volts.
If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the
harness for broken wires.
Figure 80-50-20
1
N-22259
Figure 80-50-25
N-22129
N-22259
Figure 80-50-26
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the
thermostat (Item 1)[Figure 80-50-23] for resistance.
The resistance value of the thermostat should be 10
Ohms at 68 F (20 C).
If there is no resistance value, replace the thermostat.
(See Removal And Installation on Page 80-170-1.)
1
N-22260
2
Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-26] for
voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts.
If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the
harness for broken wires.
1
N-22130
80-50-7
Figure 80-50-29
N-22262
Remove the control panel and wiring harnes from the cab
[Figure 80-50-29].
N-22260
Figure 80-50-30
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the
resistance to the blower fan at the blower fan wiring
connector (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-27].
If there is no resistance value replace the blower fan.
(See Removal And Installation on Page 80-210-1.)
1
If there is a resistance value check the climate controls at
the control panel inside the loader cab.
Figure 80-50-28
N-22265
80-50-8
Figure 80-50-32
1
C
N-22264
N-22288
80-50-9
Figure 80-50-33
Figure 80-50-35
1
2
1
N-22289
N-22263
N-22290
1
If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the
potentiometer [Figure 80-50-36] for resistance.
The resistance should be 10 K Ohm's between wire
terminal A and wire terminal C frame [Figure 80-50-36].
N-22262
80-50-10
Figure 80-50-39
B
1
N-22290
N-22201
Figure 80-50-38
Figure 80-50-40
1
1
N-22175
N-22175
80-50-11
Figure 80-50-42
Figure 80-50-41
3
1
B
N-22284
N-22290
P-24232
Figure 80-50-45
3
1
P-24225
N-22284
80-50-13
80-50-14
N-22243
80-60-1
Figure 80-60-2
N-22245
Figure 80-60-3
1
N-22246
P-16534A
80-60-2
Figure 80-60-6
P-24229
N-22245
80-60-3
80-60-4
80-70-1
Solution
Replace fuse/repair wiring.
Repair the wiring or connector.
Replace Motor.
Replace Resistor.
Replace Fan Switch.
Solution
Remove obstruction and clean
evaporator fins with air or
water.
Repair of adjust.
Replace thermostat.
Solution
Repair any leaks and recharge
the refrigerant to the correct
level.
Use refrigerant recovery
equipment to capture excess
refrigerant. Charge to the
correct refrigerant level.
Solution
Adjust tension.
Replace compressor.
Repair.
Check operation.
1. Expansion valve
opens too far.
2. Dective compressor.
Low pressure side
Too low.
1. Low refrigerant
charge.
2. Clogged or closed
expansion valve.
3. Restriction between
drier and expansion
valve.
High pressure side
Too high.
1. Poor condenser
performance.
2. Excessive
refrigerant.
Inspection
The low pressure side pressure normally becomes too
high when the high pressure side pressure is too high. As
this is explained below, the following inspection is only
used when the low pressure side is too high.
Frost is present on the suction hose.
Solution
Replace compressor.
4. Air in system.
5. Restriction in drier,
condenser or high
pressure line.
High pressure side
Too low.
1. Low refirgerant
charge.
80-70-2
Inspection
See magnetic clutch retlated topics above.
Equal high and low pressures.
80-70-3
Solution
Replace compressor.
80-70-4
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE
Chart
NORMAL EVAPORATOR RANGE
TEMP F.
PSIG
TEMP F.
PSIG
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
91
92
15.69
17.04
18.43
19.87
21.35
22.88
24.47
26.10
27.79
29.52
31.32
33.17
35.07
37.03
39.05
40.09
45.48
51.27
57.47
64.10
71.19
78.75
86.80
95.40
104.40
106.30
108.20
93
94
95
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
110.20
112.10
114.10
124.30
128.50
132.90
137.30
141.90
146.50
151.30
156.10
161.10
166.10
171.30
176.60
182.00
187.50
193.10
198.90
213.70
229.40
245.80
263.00
281.10
300.10
320.10
340.80
Evaporator
Pressures represent gas temperatures inside the coil. not the coil surface. For an estimate of the temperature of the air
coming off the coil add 8-10 degrees F. to the temperature on the chart.
Condenser
Temperatures are not ambient temperatures but condensing temperatures. Add 40 degrees F. to the ambient temperature
to get the condensing temperature and then refer to the pressure chart to see appropriate pressure for ambient
temperature.
Example:
80-80-1
80-80-2
Machine Dealer:
Customer:
15 Minutes
30 Minutes
Notes
15 Minutes
30 Minutes
Notes
80-90-1
80-90-2
Figure 80-100-3
WARNING
Figure 80-100-1
N-23024
P-24208
Figure 80-100-2
P-24230
80-100-1
WARNING
W-2373-0500
P-24316
Figure 80-100-5
N-22291
80-100-2
Figure 80-100-8
1
2
N-22381
P-24317
N-22292
80-100-3
Figure 80-100-10
WARNING
In the event of a leakage, wear safety goggles.
Escaping refrigerant can cause severe injuries to
eyes. In contact with a flame, R134a refrigerant gives
a toxic gas.
W-2371-0500
Figure 80-100-9
P-24319
1
P-24318
Check to see that the hand valves (Item 1) [Figure 80100-9] are closed on the manifold gauge set.
If there is any refrigerant in the A/C system, it must be
recovered by an approved A/C reclamation procedure.
(See Reclamation Procedure on Page 80-100-1.)
P-24320
80-100-4
Figure 80-100-14
1
P-24322
P-24321
Charging Procedure
Figure 80-100-13
P-24319
Figure 80-100-17
2
3
N-22284
2
Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See
REMOTE START on Page 10-60-1.)
P-24323
1
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering The Operator
Cab on Page 10-30-2.)
P-24324
80-100-6
COMPRESSOR
WARNING
Remove the compressor hoses (Item 3) [Figure 80-1102] from the compressor.
Cap and plug the compressor hoses and the fittings with
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
P-24325
Figure 80-110-3
Remove drive belt guard.
Remove A/C belt guard (Item 1) by removing the
mounting bolt and nut (Item 2) [Figure 80-110-1].
Evacuate the A/C system. (See SYSTEM CHARGING
AND RECLAMATION on Page 80-100-1.)
Figure 80-110-2
3
1
2
P-24326
80-110-1
Figure 80-110-6
COMPRESSOR (CONT'D)
Compressor Clutch Disassembly
Figure 80-110-4
1.32
1.32
1.32
1
N-22275
N-22244
Figure 80-110-7
Figure 80-110-5
N-22278
N-22277
80-110-2
Figure 80-110-10
COMPRESSOR (CONT'D)
Compressor Clutch Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 80-110-8
N-22283
N-22279
Figure 80-110-11
Attach a slide hammer puller (Item 1) [Figure 80-110-8]
to the armature puller disk.
Remove the armature plate from the compressor clutch.
Figure 80-110-9
1
N-22369
80-110-3
Figure 80-110-14
COMPRESSOR (CONT'D)
Compressor Clutch Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 80-110-12
N-22373
N-22370
Figure 80-110-15
Remove the pulley from the compressor [Figure 80-11012].
Figure 80-110-13
N-22374
N-22371
80-110-4
Figure 80-110-17
COMPRESSOR (CONT'D)
Compressor Clutch Disassembly (Cont'd)
Figure 80-110-16
N-22375
N-22372
Remove the three coil mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80110-16] from the compressor.
Installation: Tighten the mount bolts to 2.9-4.3 ft.-lbs. (46 Nm) torque.
Remove the coil from the compressor.
80-110-5
80-110-6
Figure 80-120-2
CONDENSER
Removal And Installation
WARNING
In the event of a leakage, wear safety goggles.
Escaping refrigerant can cause severe injuries to
eyes. In contact with a flame, R134a refrigerant gives
a toxic gas.
W-2371-0500
Figure 80-120-1
P-24328
Figure 80-120-3
P-24213
80-120-1
CONDENSER (CONTD)
Removal And Installation (Contd)
Figure 80-120-4
P-24303
80-120-2
RECEIVER/DRIER
WARNING
Figure 80-130-3
1
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-130-3]
from the receiver/drier mount bracket.
P-24298
Note the flow direction on the drier (Item 1) [Figure 80130-2] for proper installation.
80-130-1
80-130-2
Figure 80-140-2
N-22206
N-22205
This will cause the A/C system to shut down, saving the
compressor.
The Pressure Relief Valve is a secondary protection
device in the A/C system, with the Pressure Switch
shutting down the system at 384 PSI (2648 kPa).
NOTE: If a Pressure Relief Valve is found open, check
the A/C system for problems. Replace the
complete receiver/drier unit.
80-140-1
80-140-2
PRESSURE SWITCH
WARNING
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
1
Disconnect the loader wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 80150-1] from the pressure switch wire harness.
NOTE: The pressure switch can be changed without
evacuating the A/C system.
N-22166
Figure 80-150-2
The schraeder valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-150-3] is
located in the A/C high pressure hose and is located
under the pressure switch.
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
80-150-1
80-150-2
Figure 80-160-3
EVAPORATOR/HEATER UNIT
Removal And Installation
Figure 80-160-1
1
1
N-22129
N-22122
Figure 80-160-4
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing Lift Arm Support Device
on Page 10-20-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising The Operator Cab
on Page 10-30-1.)
Evacuate the A/C system. (See SYSTEM CHARGING
AND RECLAMATION on Page 80-100-1.)
1
At the rear of the cab, disconnect the thermostat wiring
connector (Item 1) [Figure 80-160-1].
Figure 80-160-2
N-22119
1
N-22130
80-160-1
Figure 80-160-7
WARNING
In the event of a leak, wear safety goggles. Escaping
refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. In
contact with a flame, R134a refrigerant gives off a
toxic gas.
W-2371-0500
1
Figure 80-160-5
N-22128
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
Remove the heater hoses (Item 1) [Figure 80-160-7]
from the heater coil.
Installation: Tighten the Heater hoses to 22 ft.-lbs. (29,8
Nm) torque.
N-22120
Figure 80-160-6
N-22126
80-160-2
N-22065
80-160-3
80-160-4
Figure 80-170-3
THERMOSTAT
Removal And Installation
Figure 80-170-1
1
N-22072
Figure 80-170-4
A
Figure 80-170-2
N-22072
A
B
C
Blue
White
Black
80-170-1
80-170-2
Figure 80-180-2
EXPANSION VALVE
Removal And Installation
WARNING
1
W-2371-0500
Figure 80-180-1
N-22073
Remove the two evaporator fittings (Item 1) [Figure 80180-2] from the expansion valve.
Installation: Tighten the two evaporator fittings to 22 ft.lbs. (29,8 Nm) torque.
Installation: Tighten the two A/C hose fittings to 22 ft.lbs. (29,8 Nm) torque.
Cap and plug the hoses and the expansion valve fittings
with the proper A/C caps and plugs.
80-180-1
Figure 80-180-5
1
1
N-22085
N-22074
80-180-2
Figure 80-190-3
EVAPORATOR
Removal And Installation
Figure 80-190-1
N-22075
1
N-22073
Figure 80-190-4
1
N-22076
Figure 80-190-2
Remove the two retaining clips (Item 1) [Figure 80-1904] that connect the evaporator coil, to the heater coil.
Remove the evaporator coil from the unit.
N-22074
80-190-1
EVAPORATOR (CONT'D)
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 80-190-5
N-22078
80-190-2
HEATER COIL
Removal And Installation With A/C
Figure 80-200-1
Figure 80-200-3
N-22128
N-22087
Remove the two retaining clips (Item 1) [Figure 80-2003] that connect the evaporator coil, to the heater coil.
Figure 80-200-4
Cap the hoses and the heater coil with hydraulic caps
and plugs to prevent oil loss from the system.
2
Installation: Tighten the two heater hose fittings to 22 ft.lbs. (29,8 Nm) torque.
2
Figure 80-200-2
N-22089
1
Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-200-4]
and remove the mount plate from the end of the unit.
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 80-200-4]
that support the heater coil tubelines to the unit.
Remove the heater coil from the unit.
1
N-22086
80-200-1
Cap the hoses and the heater coil with hydraulic caps
and plugs to prevent oil loss from the system.
Figure 80-200-5
Installation: Tighten the two heater hose fittings to 22 ft.lbs. (29,8 Nm) torque.
Figure 80-200-7
2
N-22090
2
The heater coil [Figure 80-200-5] can be cleaned with
low air or water pressure.
If the heater coil needs replacement it must be replaced
as complete unit.
N-22093
Figure 80-200-6
N-22128
N-22094
Figure 80-210-3
HEATER/AC FAN
Removal And Installation
Figure 80-210-1
1
1
N-22098
If the metal is not cut out on the housing, mark the area
(Item 1) [Figure 80-210-3] and remove it with a metal
shears.
N-22096
Figure 80-210-4
Figure 80-210-2
N-22097
Figure 80-210-5
Figure 80-210-7
1
2
N-22100
N-22107
Figure 80-210-6
2
N-22108
1
Remove the outside rings (Item 1) and fan wheel covers
(Item 2) [Figure 80-210-8] from the fan motor and blower
wheels.
2
N-22102
80-210-2
Figure 80-210-11
N-22112
N-22109
Figure 80-210-12
Inspect the end rings and fan wheel covers for wear and
replace as needed [Figure 80-210-9].
Figure 80-210-10
N-22111
N-22110
80-210-3
Figure 80-210-15
1
2
N-22104
N-22116
Figure 80-210-16
N-22105
N-22103
80-210-4
N-22106
The wiring code for the blower fan connector [Figure 80210-17]is:
Number on Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
Wire Color
Orange
Red
Yellow
Black
Open
Open
80-210-5
80-210-6
Figure 80-220-3
HEATER VALVE
Removal and Installation
Figure 80-220-1
P-24225
P-24225
Cap the hoses and the heater valve with hydraulic caps
and plugs to prevent oil loss from the system.
Figure 80-220-4
Figure 80-220-2
N-22155
P-24232
80-220-1
Figure 80-220-7
N-22158
N-22156
Figure 80-220-8
Remove the actuator (Item 1) and the three mounting
spacers (Item 2) [Figure 80-220-5] from the heater valve
mount plate.
Figure 80-220-6
N-22159
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-2208] from the heater valve.
N-22157
Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80220-6] from the heater valve mount plate.
80-220-2
N-22160
80-220-3
80-220-4
SPECIFICATIONS
CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-60-1
Decimal And Millimeter Equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-60-1
U.S. To Metric Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-60-1
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - KUBOTA V2003T-EB (TURBO). . . SPEC-21-1
Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-2
Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-3
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-4
Crankshaft Re-Grind Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-5
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-1
Cylinder Liner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-3
Fuel Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-1
Fuel Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-1
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-3
Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-3
Piston Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-3
Rocker Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-2
Tappet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-2
Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-4
Timing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-4
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-1
Valve Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-2
Valve Timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-21-2
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - KUBOTA V2203-EB. . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1
Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2
Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-3
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-4
Crankshaft Re-Grind Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-5
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-3
Cylinder Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1
Fuel Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1
Fuel Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-3
Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-3
Piston Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-3
Rocker Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2
Tappet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2
Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-4
Timing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-4
Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1
Valve Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2
Valve Timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2
SAFETY &
MAINTENANCE
DRIVE
SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM &
ANALYSIS
ENGINE
SERVICE
SPECIFICATIONS
SPEC-01
SPECIFICATIONS (CONTD)
HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . .
Flare Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-ring Face Seal Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
O-ring Flare Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Seal Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straight Thread O-ring Fitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tubelines And Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPEC-40-1
SPEC-40-2
SPEC-40-1
SPEC-40-3
SPEC-40-5
SPEC-40-1
SPEC-40-1
SPEC-10-1
SPEC-10-4
SPEC-10-2
SPEC-10-4
SPEC-10-4
SPEC-10-2
SPEC-10-3
SPEC-10-1
SPEC-10-2
SPEC-10-5
SPEC-02
Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and dirt bucket and may vary with other bucket types.
All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses.
Where applicable, specification conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.
B
A
TIRE DESCRIPTION
10-16.5 Tires
31x15.5-15 Tires
66.0 (1676mm) or
60.0 (1524mm)
54.5 (1385mm) or
48.5 (1232mm)
62
BUCKET WIDTH
62.0 (1575mm)
68
68.0 (1727mm)
72.0 (1829mm)
55.9 (1420mm)
74
74.0 (1880mm)
SPEC-10-1
773/773H
773T
-Tilt
Axel Torque
Travel Speed
Controls
Vehicle Steering
Loader Hydraulics Lift and Tilt
Engine
Starting Aid
Service Brake
Secondary Brake
Parking Brake
Engine
Make/Model
Kubota V2203-B
Kubota V2003-T-EB
Fuel/Cooling
Diesel/Liquid
Diesel/Liquid
46 HP (34kW)
56 HP (42kW)
2800 RPM
2800 RPM
Four
Four
Bore/Stroke
3.425/3.638 (87.0/92.4)
3.268/3.638 (83.0/92.4)
Lubrication
Open Breathing
Open Breathing
Air Induction
Naturally aspirated
Turbocharged
Air Cleaner
Diesel-Compression
Diesel-Compression
2800 RPM
2800 RPM
2860-3000
2860-3000
1125-1175
1125-1175
Crankcase Ventilation
Ignition
SPEC-10-2
773T
Engine driven, Gear type
Pump Capacity
High Flow (Option)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Doubleacting;
Tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump
2.50 (63,5)
2.75 (69,9)
1.50 (38,1)
1.375 (34,9)
23.67 (601,2)
13.19 (335,0)
Control Vavle
3-spool, open center type w/float detent on lift and electrically controlled
auxiliary spool.
Fluid Type
Bobcat Fluid (P/N 6563328). If fluid is not available, use 10W-30/10W-40 Class
SE motor oil for temperatures above 0F (-18C) or 5W-30 motor oil for
temperatures below 0F (-18C).
Fluid Lines
3.62 Seconds
2.54 Seconds
Bucket Dump
2.37 Seconds
Bucket Rollback
1.85 Seconds
SPEC-10-3
Battery
Starter
Instrumentation
Drive System
773/773H
Main Drive
Transmission
Final Drive
773T
Hydrostatic 4 wheel drive
33:1
Axle Size
2.00 (50,8)
Wheel Bolts
Capacities
(8) 9/16
Cooling Systen
Fuel
Hydraulic/Hydro. Reservoir
Hydraulic/Hydro. System
9 gals. (34,1 L)
9 gals. (34,1 L)
Chaincase Reservoir
SPEC-10-4
Ultra Grip
Recommended Pressure
Inflate Tires to Maximum Pressure Shown On The Side Wall Of The Tire. Do Not
Mix Brands Of Tires Used On The Same Loader.
SPEC-10-5
SPEC-10-6
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Surface Distortion
Thickness of Gasket (Used)
(New)
Top Clearance (Piston to Head)
Compression
Allowable
Difference Between Cylinders
Valves
Valve Seat Width (Intake & Exhaust)
Valve Seat Angle
O.D. of Valve Stems
I.D. of Valve Guides
Clearance Between Valve Stem & Guide
Allowable Limit
Valve Clearance (Cold)
Valve Recessing (Protrusion)
(Recess)
0.0835 (2,12)
Intake 60 degrees, exhaust 45 degrees
0.3134-0.3140 (7,96-7,98)
0.3156-0.3161 (8,015-8,03)
0.0016-0.0026 (0,04-0,07)
0.0039 (0,1)
0.0071-0.0087 (0,18-0,22)
0.002 (0,05)
0.006 (0,15)
SPEC-20-1
1.6417-1.6614 (41,7-42,2)
1.622 (41,2)
1.378 (35,0)
26.4 lbs. (117,4 N)
22.5 lbs. (100,0 N)
0.039 (1,0)
Valve Timing
Intake Valve (Open)
(Close)
Exhaust Valve (Open)
(Close)
12 degrees B.T.D.C.
36 degrees A.T.D.C.
60 degrees B.T.D.C.
12 degrees A.T.D.C.
Rocker Arms
O.D. of Rocker Arm Shaft
I.D. of Rocker Arm Bushings
Clearance Between Rocker Arm & Bushing
Allowable Limit
0.5501-0.5506 (13,973-13,884)
0.5512-0.5519 (14,0-14,018)
0.0006-0.0018 (0,016-0,045)
0.0059 (0,15)
Camshaft
Journal O.D.
Bearing I.D.
Oil Clearance
Allowable Limit
Alignment Allowable Limit
Cam Lobe Height
Allowable Limit
End Clearance
Allowable Limit
1.5722-1.5728 (39.934-39,95)
1.5748-1.5758 (40,0-40,025)
0.002-0.0036 (0,05-0,091)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0004 (0,01)
1.318 (33,47)
1.316 (33,42)
0.0028-0.0087 (0,07-0,22)
0.012 (0,3)
Tappet
Clearance Between Tappet & Guide
Allowable Limit
Tappet O.D.
Tappet Guide I.D.
0.0008-0.0024 (0,02-0,062)
0.0028 (0,07)
0.9433-0.9441 (23,959-23,98)
0.9449-0.9457 (24,0-24,021)
SPEC-20-2
3.4252-3.4261 (87,00-87,022)
+0.0059 (+0,15)
Piston Rings
Ring Gap (Top & 2nd Ring)
Allowable Limit
Ring Gap (Oil Ring)
Allowable Limit
Side Clearance of Ring Groove:
Top Ring
Second Ring
Allowable Limit
Oil Ring
Allowable Limit
0.0118-0.0177 (0,3-0,45)
0.0492 (1,25)
0.0098-0.0177 (0,25-0,45)
0.0492 (1,25)
Zero Clearance
0.0037-0.0047 (0,093-0,12)
0.0079 (0,20)
0.0008-0.002 (0,02-0,052)
0.0059 (0,15)
Pistons
Piston Pin Bore
Allowable Limit
0.9843-0.9848 (25,0-25.013)
0.9862 (25,05)
Connecting Rod
Piston Pin O.D.
Small End Bushing I.D.
Clearance Between Piston Pin & Small End Bushing
Allowable Limit
Connecting Rod Alignment Allowable Limit
0.9843-0.9847 (25,002-25,011)
0.9852-0.9858 (25,025-25,04)
0.0006-0.0015 (0,014-0,038)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.002 (0,05)
Oil Pump
Oil Pressure Rated RPM
Allowable Limit
Idle Speed
Allowable Limit
Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Outer Rotor
Clearance Between Outer Rotor & Pump Body
End Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Cover
SPEC-20-3
0.00079 (0,02)
0.0016-0.0046 (0,04-0,118)
0.0079 (0,2)
2.0441-2.0449 (51,921-51,94)
2.0465-2.0488 (51,98-52,039)
0.0016-0.0041 (0,04-0,104)
0.0079 (0,2)
2.0441-2.0449 (51,921-51,94)
2.0465-2.0482 (51,98-52,025)
0.0009-0.0034 (0,025-0,087)
0.0079 (0,2)
1.8488-1.8494 (46,959-46,975)
1.8504-1.8522 (47,0-47,046)
0.0059-0.0122 (0,15-0,31)
0.0197 (0,5)
Timing Gear
Timing Gear Backlash:
Crank Gear-Idle Gear
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear-Cam Gear
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear-Injection Pump Gear
Allowable Limit
Crank Gear-Oil Pump Gear
Allowable Limit
Clearance Between Idle Gear Shaft & Idle Gear Bushing
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear Bushing I.D.
Idle Gear Shaft O.D.
Idle Gear Side Clearance Idle Gear
Allowable Limit
0.0016-0.0044 (0,0415-0,1122)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0045 (0,0415-0,1154)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0046 (0,0415-0,1154)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0043 (0,0415-0,109)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.001-0.0026 (0,025-0,066)
0.0039 (0,10)
1.2598-1.2608 (32,0-32,025)
1.2582-1.2589 (31,959-31,975)
0.0079-0.020 (0,2-0,51)
0.0354 (0,9)
Thermostat
Valve Opening Temperature
Valve Fully Open
157.1-162.5F (69.5-72.5C)
185F (85C)
SPEC-20-4
Figure SPEC-20-1
PI-10026A
SIZE
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
+0.008
(+0,2 mm)
CODE NO.
17331-2391-1
17331-2393-1
17331-2392-1
17331-2394-1
17331-2297-1
17331-2298-1
15221-2395-1
19202-2397-1
+0.016
(+0,4 mm)
15221-2396-1
19202-2398-1
NAME OF BEARING
Crankshaft Bearing 1
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 2
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 1
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 2
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Crank Pin Bearing
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crank Pin Bearing
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Thrust Bearing 1-0.008plus
(0,2 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 2-0.008plus
(0,2 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 1-0.016plus
(0,4 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 2-0.016plus
(0,4 mm plus)
SPEC-20-5
BEARING MARK
CRANKSHAFT PROCESSING
DIM.
020 US
2.0363-2.037
(51,721-51,74mm)
020 US
A
040 US
2.0284-2.0291
(51,521-51.54mm)
040 US
020 US
B
040 US
1.8409-1.8415
(46,759-46,775mm)
1.8330-1.8337
(46,559-46,575mm)
1.0315-1.0335
(26,20-26,25mm)
020 OS
C
040 OS
1.0394-1.0413
(26,40-26,45mm)
SPEC-20-6
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Surface Distortion
Thickness of Gasket (Used)
(New)
Top Clearance (Piston to Head)
Compression
Allowable
Difference Between Cylinders
Valves
Valve Seat Width (Intake & Exhaust)
Valve Seat Angle
O.D. of Valve Stems
I.D. of Valve Guides
Clearance Between Valve Stem & Guide
Allowable Limit
Valve Clearance (Cold)
Valve Recessing (Protrusion)
(Recess)
0.0835 (2,12)
Intake 60 degrees, exhaust 45 degrees
0.3134-0.3140 (7,96-7,98)
0.3156-0.3161 (8,015-8,03)
0.0016-0.0026 (0,04-0,07)
0.0039 (0,1)
0.0071-0.0087 (0,18-0,22)
0.002 (0,05)
0.006 (0,15)
SPEC-21-1
1.6417-1.6614 (41,7-42,2)
1.622 (41,2)
1.378 (35,0)
26.4 lbs. (117,4 N)
22.5 lbs. (100,0 N)
0.039 (1,0)
Valve Timing
Intake Valve (Open)
(Close)
Exhaust Valve (Open)
(Close)
20 degrees B.T.D.C.
45 degrees A.B.D.C.
55 degrees B.B.D.C.
14 degrees A.T.D.C.
Rocker Arms
O.D. of Rocker Arm Shaft
I.D. of Rocker Arm Bushings
Clearnace Between Rocker Arm & Bushing
Allowable Limit
0.5501-0.5506 (13,973-13,884)
0.5512-0.5519 (14,0-14,018)
0.0006-0.0018 (0,016-0,045)
0.0059 (0,15)
Camshaft
Journal O.D.
Bearing I.D.
Oil Clearance
Allowable Limit
Alignment Allowable Limit
Cam Lobe Height (Intake)
Allowable Limit (Intake)
Cam Lobe Height (Exhaust)
Allowable Limit (Exhaust)
End Clearance
Allowable Limit
1.5722-1.5728 (39.934-39,95)
1.5748-1.5758 (40,0-40,025)
0.002-0.0036 (0,05-0,091)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0004 (0,01)
1.3346 (33,90)
1.3328 (33,85)
1.3177 (33,47)
1.3157 (33,42)
0.0028-0.0087 (0,07-0,22)
0.0118 (0,3)
Tappet
Clearance Between Tappet & Guide
Allowable Limit
Tappet O.D.
Tappet Guide I.D.
0.0008-0.0024 (0,02-0,062)
0.0028 (0,07)
0.9433-0.9441 (23,959-23,98)
0.9449-0.9457 (24,0-24,021)
SPEC-21-2
3.2677-3.2686 (83,0-83,022)
+0.0059 (+0,15)
3.2874-3.2883 (83,5-83,522)
+0.0059 (+0,15)
Piston Rings
Ring Gap (Top & 2nd Ring)
Allowable Limit
Ring Gap (Oil Ring)
Allowable Limit
Side Clearance of Ring Groove:
Top Ring
Second Ring
Allowable Limit
Oil Ring
Allowable Limit
0.0118-0.0170 (0,3-0,45)
0.0492 (1,25)
0.0098-0.0177 (0,25-0,45)
0.0492 (1,25)
Zero Clearance
0.0037-0.0047 (0,093-0,12)
0.20 (0,0079)
0.0008-0.002 (0,02-0,052)
0.0059 (0,15)
Pistons
Piston Pin Bore
Allowable Limit
0.9843-0.9848 (25,0-25,013)
0.9862 (25,05)
Connecting Rod
Piston Pin O.D.
Small End Bushing I.D.
Clearance Between Piston Pin & Small End Bushing
Allowable Limit
Connecting Rod Alignment Allowable Limit
0.9843-0.9847 (25,002-25,011)
0.9852-0.9858 (25,025-25,04)
0.0006-0.0015 (0,014-0,038)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.002 (0,05)
Oil Pump
Oil Pressure Rated RPM
Allowable Limit
Idle Speed
Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Outer Rotor
Clearance Between Outer Rotor & Pump Body
End Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Cover
SPEC-21-3
0.0008 (0,02)
0.0016-0.0046 (0,04-0,118)
0.0079 (0,2)
2.0441-2.0449 (51,921-51,94)
2.0465-2.0488 (51,98-52,039)
0.0016-0.0041 (0,04-0,104)
0.0079 (0,2)
2.0441-2.0449 (51,921-51,94)
2.0465-2.0482 (51,98-52,025)
0.0009-0.0034 (0,025-0,087)
0.0079 (0,2)
1.8488-1.8494 (46,959-46,975)
1.8504-1.8522 (47,0-47,046)
0.0059-0.0122 (0,15-0,31)
0.0197 (0,5)
Timing Gear
Timing Gear Backlash:
Crank Gear-Idle Gear
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear-Cam Gear
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear-Injection Pump Gear
Allowable Limit
Crank Gear-Oil Pump Gear
Allowable Limit
Clearance Between Idle Gear Shaft & Idle Gear Bushing:
Idle Gear
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear Bushing I.D.
Allowable Limit
Idle Gear Shaft O.D.
Idle Gear Side Clearance Idle Gear
Allowable Limit
0.0016-0.0044 (0,0415-0,1122)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0045 (0,0415-0,1154)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0045 (0,0415-0,1154)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.0016-0.0043 (0,0415-0,109)
0.0059 (0,15)
0.001-0.0026 (0,025-0,066)
0.0039 (0,10)
1.4961-1.4970 (38,0-38,025)
0.0039 (0,10)
1.4944-1.4951 (37,959-37,975)
0.0079-0.020 (0,2-0,51)
0.0315 (0,8)
Thermostat
Valve Opening Temperature
Valve Fully Open
157.1-162.5F (69.5-72.5C)
185F (85C)
SPEC-21-4
Figure SPEC-21-2
PI-10026A
SIZE
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
-0.008
(-0,2 mm)
-0.016
(-0,4 mm)
+0.008
(+0,2 mm)
CODE NO.
17331-2391-1
17331-2393-1
17331-2392-1
17331-2394-1
17331-2297-1
17331-2298-1
15221-2395-1
19202-2397-1
+0.016
(+0,4 mm)
15221-2396-1
19202-2398-1
NAME OF BEARING
Crankshaft Bearing 1
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 2
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 1
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Crankshaft Bearing 2
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Crank Pin Bearing
0.008 minus (0,2 minus)
Crank Pin Bearing
0.016 minus (0,4 minus)
Thrust Bearing 1-0.008plus
(0,2 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 2-0.008plus
(0,2 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 1-0.016plus
(0,4 mm plus)
Thrust Bearing 2-0.016plus
(0,4 mm plus)
SPEC-21-5
BEARING MARK
020 US
CRANKSHAFT PROCESSING
DIM.
A
2.0363-2.037
(51,721-51,74mm)
020 US
2.0284-2.0291
(51,521-51.54mm)
040 US
040 US
020 US
040 US
C
020 OS
040 OS
1.8409-1.8415
(46,759-46,775mm)
1.8330-1.8337
(46,559-46,575mm)
1.0315-1.0335
(26,20-26,25mm)
1.0394-1.0413
(26,40-26,45mm)
SPEC-21-6
INCH.
LBS.
(Nm)
FOOT
LBS.
(Nm)
Thread
size
.250
.3125
.375
.4375
.500
.5625
.625
.750
.875
1.000
1.125
1.250
1.375
1.500
1.625
1.750
1.875
2.000
sae grade 5
80-90
(9,0-10,2)
180-200
(20,3-22,6)
25-28
(34-38)
40-45
(54-61)
65-70
(88-95)
90-100
(122-136)
125-140
(170-190)
220-245
(300-330)
330-360
(450-490)
475-525
(645-710)
650-720
(880-975)
900-1000
(1200-1360)
1200-1350
(1630-1830)
1500-1650
(2040-2240)
2000-2800
(2720-2980)
2500-2750
(3390-3730)
3150-3500
(4270-4750)
3800-4200
(5150-5700)
sae grade 8
110-120
(12,4-13,6)
215-240
(24,2-27-1)
35-40
(47-54)
60-65
(81-88)
90-100
(122-136)
125-140
(170-190)
175-190
(240-260)
300-330
(410-450)
475-525
(645-710)
725-800
(985-1085)
1050-1175
(1425-1600)
1475-1625
(2000-2200)
2000-2200
(2720-2980)
2600-2850
(3530-3870)
3450-3800
(4680-5150)
4300-4800
(5830-6500)
5500-6100
(7450-8300)
6500-7200
(8800-9800)
SPEC-30-1
MATERIAL
HEAD MARK 4
M 5 x 0.8
M 6 x 1.0
M 8 x 1.25
M 10 x 1.25
M 12 x 1.25
M 14 x 1.25
6-9 ft.-lbs.
(8-12 Nm)
13-18 ft.-lbs.
(18-24 Nm)
22-30 ft.-lbs.
(30-41 Nm)
36-50 ft.-lbs.
(49-68 Nm)
HEAD MARK 7
3-4 ft.-lbs.
(4-5 Nm)
6-7 ft.-lbs.
(8-9 Nm)
11-16 ft.-lbs.
(15-22 Nm)
22-30 ft.-lbs.
(30-41 Nm)
40-54 ft.-lbs.
(54-73 Nm)
58-80 ft.-lbs.
(79-108 Nm)
SPEC-30-2
HEAD MARK 10
6-9 ft.-lbs.
(8-12 Nm)
18-25 ft.-lbs.
(24-34 Nm)
36-50 ft.-lbs.
(49-68 Nm)
69-87 ft.-lbs.
(94-118 Nm)
116-137 ft.-lbs.
(157-186 Nm)
Figure SPEC-40-4
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
Nut
Washer
Nut
Washer
O-ring
O-ring
I-2003-0888
Figure SPEC-40-3
A-1852
B-7575
When the fitting is tightened, you can feel when the fitting
is tight to eliminate leakage caused by under or over
torqued fittings. Use vaseline petroleum jelly to hold the
O-ring in position until the fittings are assembled [Figure
SPEC-40-3].
SPEC-40-1
Flare Fitting
Figure SPEC-40-5
TS-1619
Tubeline
Outside
Diameter
Thread Size
TORQUE
Ft.-Lbs.
(Nm)
NEW
Rotate No.
of Hex Flats
RE-ASSEMBLY
Rotate No.
of Hex Flats
5/8
11/16
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-3/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1-2-20
9/16-18
3/4-16
7/8-14
1-1/16-12
1-5/16-12
17 (23)
22 (30)
40 (54)
60 (81)
84 (114)
118 (160)
2-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
1
3/4
1
1
1
1
3/4
3/4
SPEC-40-2
Figure SPEC-40-7
TS-1619
Secondary
Seal
P13009
Wrench Size
Tubeline
Outside
Diameter
Thread Size
TORQUE
Ft.-Lbs.
(Nm)
NEW
Rotate No.
of Hex Flats
RE-ASSEMBLY
Rotate No.
of Hex Flats
5/8
11/16
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-3/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1-2-20
9/16-18
3/4-16
7/8-14
1-1/16-12
1-5/16-12
17 (23)
22 (30)
40 (54)
60 (81)
84 (114)
118 (160)
2-1/2
2
2
1-1/2
1
3/4
1
1
1
1
3/4
3/4
SPEC-40-3
Figure SPEC-40-9
Figure SPEC-40-8
Copper Bonnet Orifice
1
P13573
Always remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure SPEC-409] from the flare face as shown.
P13572
SPEC-40-4
Fitting Nut
Wrench Size
Thread Size
11/16
15/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
9/16-18
3/4-16
7/8-14
1-1/16-12
1-5/16-12
22 (30)
40 (54)
60 (81)
84 (114)
118 (160)
Nut Seals
to Fitting
Figure SPEC-40-11
Nut Seals
to Port
2
Secondary O-ring Seal
P13008
1
The nut is the primary seal, the O-ring is the secondary
seal and helps absorb vibration and pressure pulses at
the connection [Figure SPEC-40-10].
P13571
The hex portion of the nut does not contact the surface of
the component when the nut is tight.
Use the following procedure to tighten the port seal
fitting:
Port seal and nut, washer and O-ring (O-ring Boss)
fittings use the same tightening torque valve chart.
SPEC-40-5
SPEC-40-6
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Use Bobcat hydraulic transmission fluid (P/N 6563328). If
this fluid is not available, use 10W-30 or 10W-40 SAE
Motor Oil (5W-30 for 0F [-18C] and Below).
WARNING
WARNING
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0496
SPEC-50-1
SPEC-50-2
CONVERSIONS
Decimal And Millimeter Equivalents
SPEC-60-1
SPEC-60-2
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773/773H-1
10 September 1999
Bobcat Loader
773/773H
6900834 (8-99)
PUT IN
60-10-1
60-10-1
REVISION DECRIPTION
Printed in U.S.A.
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773/773H-2
7 October 1999
Bobcat Loader
773/773H
6900834 (8-99)
PUT IN
REVISION DECRIPTION
TAKE OUT
PUT IN
REVISION DECRIPTION
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773/773H-3
7 October 1999
Bobcat Loader
773/773H
6900834 (8-99)
PUT IN
Cover
Cover
Cartoon
Cartoon
i thru viii
i thru viii
REVISION DECRIPTION
TAKE OUT
PUT IN
REVISION DECRIPTION
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773/773H-4
13 June 2000
Bobcat Loader
773/773H
6900834 (8-99)
PUT IN
REVISION DECRIPTION
Cover
Cover
Logo change
Cartoon
Cartoon
Text revised
Alpha Index
Alpha Index
Text revised
i thru ii
i thru ii
Text revised
Section 10
Section 10
Text revised
Added Steering Lever And Component Removal, Push
Button Float
Text revised
TAKE OUT
PUT IN
Section 80
Section SPEC
REVISION DECRIPTION
Text revised
Added Standard Seat & Revised Suspension Seat
Text revised
Added AHC System W/Push Button Float
Text revised
Removed Spark Arrestor Cleaning Procedure
Removed Replacing Filter Elements
Changed page numbers system from 80 to SPEC
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
Insert This Sheet With The Above Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773/773H-5
2 March 2001
Bobcat Loader
773/773H (Inclued High Flow)
6900834 (3-01)
Please discard your old 773/773H Service Manual (P/N 6900834) Dated 8-99 and replace it
with the revised 773/773T G Series Service Manual (P/N 6900834) Dated 3-01. The revised
773/773T G Series Service Manual (P/N 6900834) dated 3-01 contains previous revisions 1
thru 4 dated 8-99.
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773-6
8 March 2004
Bobcat Loader
773 (Inclued High Flow)
6900834 (3-04)
Please discard your 773/773T G Series Service Manual (P/N 6900834) Dated 3-01. The revised
773 Service Manual (P/N 6900834) dated 3-04. Contains previous revisions 1 thru 5.
This Service Manual is in a new format with added updates.
ROUTE TO
ATTENTION
SERVICE MANUAL
REVISION
NOTICE
Revision No:
Date:
Product:
Model:
Manual No:
PARTS MANAGER
SERVICE MANAGER X
SALES MANAGER
Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.
773-7
23 March 2006
Bobcat Loader
773
6900834 (3-04)
773 Service Manual (P/N 6900834) Dated (3-06) contains updated service information which replaces the previous
773 Service Manual (P/N 6900834) Dated (3-04).
Printed in U.S.A.